第二品:目支邻陀品显示巴利原文
2. Mucalindavaggo
《目支邻陀经》注释显示巴利原文
1. Mucalindasuttavaṇṇanā
11 在目支邻陀品的第一经中,「于目支邻陀树下」句中的「目支邻陀」,是指一种名为尼帕的树,也称尼拘罗树,经文即指此树的附近。然而,有些人说:「目支罗是那棵树的名字,因为它被当作林中之长,所以称为目支邻陀。」
「大非时云」是指非时而起、未到雨季时所生起的大云。此云在热季的最后一个月生起,遍满轮围世界的内部空间。
「七日暴风雨」是指那云生起后,持续不停地下了七天的雨。
「冷风阴暗天」是说,那七日暴风雨中夹杂着水珠的冷风,从各个方向旋转吹动,使得那些日子阴沉昏暗,故称阴暗天。
「名为目支邻陀的龙王」是指,在那棵目支邻陀树旁的池塘底下有龙宫,其中出生了一位具大神力的龙王。
「从自己的龙宫」即从他自己所住的龙宫而出。
「以蛇身七匝缠绕」是说,他以自己的身体缠卷世尊的身体,共盘绕七圈。
「在上方头顶展开大蛇冠」即:在世尊头顶上方,撑开自己巨大的蛇冠。另有一种读法作「作蛇冠」,意思相同。显示巴利原文
11. Mucalindavaggassa paṭhame mucalindamūleti ettha mucalindo vuccati nīparukkho. So ‘‘niculo’’tipi vuccati, tassa samīpe. Keci pana ‘‘mucaloti tassa rukkhassa nāmaṃ, taṃ vanajeṭṭhakatāya pana mucalindoti vutta’’nti vadanti. Mahā akālameghoti asampatte vassakāle uppannamahāmegho. So hi gimhānaṃ pacchime māse sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūrento udapādi. Sattāhavaddalikāti tasmiṃ uppanne sattāhaṃ avicchinnavuṭṭhikā ahosi. Sītavātaduddinīti sā ca sattāhavaddalikā udakaphusitasammissena sītavātena samantato paribbhamantena dusitadivasattā duddinī nāma ahosi. Mucalindo nāma nāgarājāti tasseva mucalindarukkhassa samīpe pokkharaṇiyā heṭṭhā nāgabhavanaṃ atthi, tattha nibbatto mahānubhāvo nāgarājā. Sakabhavanāti attano nāgabhavanato. Sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvāti sattavāre attano sarīrabhogehi bhagavato kāyaṃ parivāretvā. Uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ vihaccāti bhagavato muddhappadesassa upari attano mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ pasāretvā. ‘‘Phaṇaṃ karitvā’’tipi pāṭho, so evattho.
据说,这位龙王当时这样想:“世尊就在我的龙宫附近树下坐着,而这场七日的暴风雨正在发作,他应该有个遮风挡雨的地方。”虽然他完全有能力化现一座七宝构成的宫殿,但他却心想:“如果化现宫殿,那只是取用了外在的便利,我真真正正想为具有十力的世尊提供身体的服侍。”于是他变出一个巨大的有身,用他的身体将世尊盘绕七匝,并在上方撑起蛇冠。
在《犍度注》中说:“盘绕所形成的内部空间,就像铜殿中一间库房那么大。”《中部注》中则说:“如同铜殿的下层大小。”据说,龙王的本意是:“要令世尊能以任何他所喜好的威仪安稳地住着。”不过,世尊依然保持着原本盘坐的姿势,就这样度过了七天。那个地方当时就像一间紧闭着窗户、紧掩着门闩的尖顶屋。
“不让寒冷等侵扰世尊”这一句,是为了说明龙王如此行持、如此护立的原因。他正是这样盘绕遮护着站立,心想:“不要让寒冷侵扰世尊,不要让炎热侵扰,不要让牛虻、蚊虫等的接触侵扰世尊。”显示巴利原文
Tassa kira nāgarājassa etadahosi ‘‘bhagavā ca mayhaṃ bhavanasamīpe rukkhamūle nisinno, ayañca sattāhavaddalikā vattati, vāsāgāramassa laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So sattaratanamayaṃ pāsādaṃ nimminituṃ sakkontopi ‘‘evaṃ kate kāyasāro gahito na bhavissati, dasabalassa kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ karissāmī’’ti mahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā satthāraṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari phaṇaṃ katvā dhāresi. ‘‘Parikkhepabbhantaraṃ lohapāsāde bhaṇḍāgāragabbhappamāṇaṃ ahosī’’ti khandhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 5) vuttaṃ. Majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘heṭṭhālohapāsādappamāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.284). ‘‘Icchiticchitena iriyāpathena satthā viharissatī’’ti kira nāgarājassa ajjhāsayo. Bhagavā pana yathānisinnova sattāhaṃ vītināmesi. Tañca ṭhānaṃ supihitavātapānaṃ suphusitaaggaḷadvāraṃ kūṭāgāraṃ viya ahosi. Mābhagavantaṃ sītantiādi tassa tathā karitvā ṭhānakāraṇaparidīpanaṃ. So hi ‘‘mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ bādhayittha, mā uṇhaṃ, mā ḍaṃsādisamphasso bādhayitthā’’ti tathā karitvā aṭṭhāsi.
在这七日暴风雨期间,其实完全没有炎热。但假如这期间云偶尔散开了,炎热就可能出现,他不想让那种炎热也侵扰世尊,这样想是合理的。然而,也有些人对此解释道:“这里提到「热」,是为了说明他所以把盘绕的身体变大的原因。因为如果盘绕得太小、太紧,龙王身体所生的体温就可能让世尊受热;但通过把盘绕变得宽大、松动,他这样遮护着站立,正是为了‘不让热侵扰’。”显示巴利原文
Tattha kiñcāpi sattāhavaddalikāya uṇhameva natthi, sace pana antarantarā megho vigaccheyya, uṇhaṃ bhaveyya, tampi mā bādhayitthāti evaṃ tassa cintetuṃ yuttaṃ. Keci panettha vadanti ‘‘uṇhaggahaṇaṃ bhogaparikkhepassa vipulabhāvakaraṇe kāraṇakittanaṃ. Khuddake hi tasmiṃ bhagavantaṃ nāgassa sarīrasambhūtā usmā bādheyya, vipulabhāvakaraṇena pana tādisaṃ ‘mā uṇhaṃ bādhayitthā’ti tathā karitvā aṭṭhāsī’’ti.
「广阔」指弥散开来,即雨云消散、远去之义。「无云」指云已退去。「天」指虚空。「知道后」即了知:“现在虚空无云,世尊已无寒冷等灾患侵扰。”「解开缠绕后」即移开盘绕的身体。「自己的色身」指他自己原本的龙王形貌。「收起后」即隐没龙王形貌。「年轻人形貌」即童子形貌。显示巴利原文
Viddhanti ubbiddhaṃ, meghavigamena dūrībhūtanti attho. Vigatavalāhakanti apagatameghaṃ. Devanti ākāsaṃ. Viditvāti ‘‘idāni vigatavalāhako ākāso, natthi bhagavato sītādiupaddavo’’ti ñatvā. Viniveṭhetvāti apanetvā. Sakavaṇṇanti attano nāgarūpaṃ. Paṭisaṃharitvāti antaradhāpetvā. Māṇavakavaṇṇanti kumārakarūpaṃ.
「了知此义」是指,他以一切方式彻底了知此义:亲身感受远离之乐的人,在任何地方都是快乐的。基于此,他「诵出此优陀那」——即诵出这首彰显远离之乐威力的优陀那。显示巴利原文
Etamatthanti vivekasukhappaṭisaṃvedino yattha katthaci sukhameva hotīti etamatthaṃ sabbākārena jānitvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ vivekasukhānubhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
于此,「远离是乐」:指称为涅槃的依止之远离,即是乐。「已满足者」:以四种道智之满足而满足的人。「已闻法者」:拥有已开显、已广布之法的人。「观察者」:以自己精进力所证得的智眼,观察那远离,或观察任何应观察的事物的人。「无恼苦」:即无瞋恚的状态,这是以「无恼苦」显示慈心的前分。「众生中自制」:在世间众生中自制、不害的状态,这也是一种乐。这是以「众生中自制」显示悲心的前分。显示巴利原文
Tattha sukho vivekoti nibbānasaṅkhāto upadhiviveko sukho. Tuṭṭhassāti catumaggañāṇasantosena tuṭṭhassa. Sutadhammassāti pakāsitadhammassa vissutadhammassa. Passatoti taṃ vivekaṃ, yaṃ vā kiñci passitabbaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbaṃ attano vīriyabalādhigatena ñāṇacakkhunā passantassa. Abyāpajjanti akuppanabhāvo, etena mettāpubbabhāgo dassito. Pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamoti sattesu ca saṃyamo avihiṃsanabhāvo sukhoti attho. Etena karuṇāpubbabhāgo dassito.
「离贪」:世间离贪是乐,即从世间离了贪而住于乐。是怎样的呢?即所谓超越诸欲,那超越诸欲的离贪也是乐,以此说明了不来道。
「我慢的调伏」:以此说明了阿拉汉果。因为阿拉汉果被称为是我慢的止息与调伏,从此以后再也没有别的乐,所以说“这确实是至上之乐”。如此,此开示以阿拉汉果为顶点。显示巴利原文
Sukhā virāgatā loketi vigatarāgatāpi loke sukhā. Kīdisī? Kāmānaṃ samatikkamoti, yā kāmānaṃ samatikkamoti vuccati, sā vigatarāgatāpi sukhāti attho, etena anāgāmimaggo kathito. Asmimānassa yo vinayoti iminā pana arahattaṃ kathitaṃ. Arahattañhi asmimānassa paṭippassaddhivinayoti vuccati, ito parañca sukhaṃ nāma natthi, tenāha ‘‘etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukha’’nti. Evaṃ arahattena desanāya kūṭaṃ gaṇhīti.
二、王经注释显示巴利原文
2. Rājasuttavaṇṇanā
12 第二(经)中,「众多」:依律的解释方式,三人称为“众多”,超过此数则为僧团。但依经的解释方式,三人即为众多,三人以上亦为众多。因此,这里也应当依经的方式理解为众多。
「在集会堂」:指法堂。因为那是为前来说法之如来与比丘们提供侍奉的场所,故称为“集会堂”(侍奉堂)。或者,比丘们在那里裁决戒律、说法、进行讨论、以集会方式自然聚集之处,其厅堂或会堂也都称为“集会堂”。因为那里也确实常设有佛座。这确实是佛陀在世时比丘们的行持。
「聚集而坐」:指以坐姿聚集而坐的。
「会集的」:指从各处前来聚集的。或者,面对佛座,怀着如在导师面前般的恭敬而端坐的,称为“聚集而坐”;由于具有相同意乐,彼此心意相应、很好地契合而聚集的,称为“会集的”。
「此」:指接下来要说的话。
「中断的话题」:指在业处作意、诵读、询问等之间出现的另一种话题;或者,在正午获得的善逝教诫与傍晚应得的听法之间发生,故称中断的话题;或者,只是在沙门正行之间出现的另一种话题,故称中断的话题。
「生起」:即已生起。显示巴利原文
12. Dutiye sambahulānanti vinayapariyāyena tayo janā ‘‘sambahulā’’ti vuccanti, tato paraṃ saṅgho. Suttantapariyāyena pana tayo tayo eva, tato uddhaṃ sambahulā. Tasmā idhāpi suttantapariyāyena sambahulāti veditabbā. Upaṭṭhānasālāyanti dhammasabhāmaṇḍape. Sā hi dhammaṃ desetuṃ āgatassa tathāgatassa bhikkhūnaṃ upaṭṭhānakaraṇaṭṭhānanti ‘‘upaṭṭhānasālā’’ti vuccati. Atha vā yattha bhikkhū vinayaṃ vinicchinanti, dhammaṃ kathenti, sākacchaṃ samāpajjanti, sannipatanavasena pakatiyā upatiṭṭhanti, sā sālāpi maṇḍapopi ‘‘upaṭṭhānasālā’’tveva vuccati. Tatthāpi hi buddhāsanaṃ niccaṃ paññattameva hoti. Idañhi buddhānaṃ dharamānakāle bhikkhūnaṃ cārittaṃ. Sannisinnānanti nisajjanavasena saṅgamma nisinnānaṃ. Sannipatitānanti tato tato āgantvā sannipatanavasena sannipatitānaṃ. Atha vā buddhāsanaṃ purato katvā satthu sammukhe viya ādaruppattiyā sakkaccaṃ nisīdanavasena sannisinnānaṃ, samānajjhāsayattā aññamaññasmiṃ ajjhāsayena suṭṭhu sammā ca nipatanavasena sannipatitānaṃ. Ayanti idāni vuccamānaṃ niddisati. Antarākathāti kammaṭṭhānamanasikārauddesaparipucchādīnaṃ antarā aññā ekā kathā, atha vā majjhanhike laddhassa sugatovādassa, sāyaṃ labhitabbassa dhammassavanassa ca antarā pavattattā antarākathā, samaṇasamācārasseva vā antarā pavattā aññā ekā kathāti antarākathā. Udapādīti uppannā.
「这两位国王中」:这是表示简别的属格词。
「更富」等:埋藏于地下、放置的七宝积聚等所谓的大财富属于此人,故称「大富者」;两者中此人超胜地大富,故称「更富」。「或」字表示选择。其余诸词也同理。然而另有差别:以常有耗用故,拥有大受用者,称「大受用者」;每日进账的收入所成的大库藏属于此人,称「大库藏者」。另有人说:每日进账的收入所成,分为宝石、精要、软质、熏类等不同的所摄受物为财富,而将此财富存放于精舍等中的,称为库藏。宝石有二十四类:金刚石、大蓝宝石、因陀罗蓝宝石、翡翠、琉璃、红莲宝石、含香宝石、石英、碧玉、纯净石、赤红宝石、水晶、珊瑚、光耀石、牛尿石、黄牛石、芳香石、珍珠、螺宝、安阇那末罗、王带宝、甘露吉祥宝、黄宝、梵天石——这些名为宝石。七种金属和嘎哈巴那钱币,名为精要。床座、覆盖物、衣被、象牙、石板等,名为软质。旃檀、沉香、郁金、多伽罗香、樟脑等,名为熏类。其中,上文的“等”字,以稻、麦等谷类和绿豆、芝麻等属于初熟、后熟类的谷物食品为首,凡是众生受用的物品,全部都被包含。拥有广大被征服的显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ dvinnaṃ rājūnanti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. Mahaddhanataro vātiādīsu pathaviyaṃ nikhaṇitvā ṭhapitaṃ sattaratananicayasaṅkhātaṃ mahantaṃ dhanaṃ etassāti mahaddhano, dvīsu ayaṃ atisayena mahaddhanoti mahaddhanataro. Vāsaddo vikappattho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – niccaparibbayavasena mahanto bhogo etassāti mahābhogo. Devasikaṃ pavisanaāyabhūto mahanto koso etassāti mahākoso. Apare pana ‘‘devasikaṃ pavisanaāyabhūtaṃ maṇisārapheggugumbādibhedabhinnaṃ pariggahavatthu dhanaṃ, tadeva sāragabbhādīsu nihitaṃ koso’’ti vadanti. Vajiro, mahānīlo, indanīlo, marakato, veḷuriyo, padumarāgo, phussarāgo, kakketano, pulāko, vimalo, lohitaṅko , phaliko, pavāḷo, jotiraso, gomuttako, gomedako, sogandhiko, muttā, saṅkho, añjanamūlo, rājapaṭṭo, amataṃsako, piyako, brāhmaṇī cāti catubbīsati maṇi nāma. Satta lohāni kahāpaṇo ca sāro nāma. Sayanacchādanapāvuraṇagajadantasilādīni pheggu nāma. Candanāgarukuṅkumatagarakappūrādi gumbā nāma. Tattha purimena ādisaddena sālivīhiādimuggamāsādipubbaṇṇāparaṇṇabhedaṃ dhaññavikatiṃ ādiṃ katvā yaṃ sattānaṃ upabhogaparibhogabhūtaṃ vatthu, taṃ sabbaṃ saṅgayhati. Mahantaṃ vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ etassāti mahāvijito. Mahanto hatthiassādivāhano etassāti mahāvāhano. Mahantaṃ senābalañceva thāmabalañca etassāti mahabbalo. Icchitanibbattisaṅkhātā puññakammanipphannā mahatī iddhi etassāti mahiddhiko. Tejasaṅkhāto ussāhamantapabhusattisaṅkhāto vā mahanto ānubhāvo etassāti mahānubhāvo.
第一项是收入成就,第二项是物资成就,第三项是财富成就,第四项是地方成就,第五项是车乘成就,第六项则是自身成就与眷属成就,第七项是福业成就,第八项是威光成就——由此便阐明了这些国王的成就。因此,所谓主人成就、大臣成就、军队成就、国土成就、财富成就、友伴成就、要塞成就这七种国王应具备的原生性成就,一切皆随其所应而显现,当如是了知。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca paṭhamena āyasampadā, dutiyena vittūpakaraṇasampadā, tatiyena vibhavasampadā, catutthena janapadasampadā, pañcamena yānasampadā, chaṭṭhena parivārasampadāya saddhiṃ attasampadā, sattamena puññakammasampadā, aṭṭhamena pabhāvasampadā tesaṃ rājūnaṃ pakāsitā hoti. Tena yā sā sāmisampatti, amaccasampatti, senāsampatti, raṭṭhasampatti, vibhavasampatti, mittasampatti, duggasampattīti satta pakatisampadā rājūnaṃ icchitabbā. Tā sabbā yathārahaṃ paridīpitāti veditabbā.
“王”:以布施等四种摄事令民众喜悦,故名为王。“摩揭陀王”:因是摩揭陀人之主,故得此名。“塞尼耶”:因拥有大军,或属塞尼耶族而得名。“频婆娑罗”:“bimbi”意为黄金,因其身色如精金像,故有此称。然而也有人说这只是那位国王的名字。“波斯匿”:因能战胜敌方敌军而得名。“憍萨罗”:因其为憍萨罗国的统治者,故称憍萨罗。在此,“今者”一词仅为小品词。“未完成”指尚未结束;这些比丘中,那些尚未完成而中断的话题,即此义。显示巴利原文
Dānādīhi catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi parisaṃ rañjetīti rājā. Magadhānaṃ issaroti māgadho. Mahatiyā senāya samannāgatattā seniyagottattā vā seniyo. Bimbi vuccati suvaṇṇaṃ, tasmā sārabimbivaṇṇatāya bimbisāro. Keci pana ‘‘nāmamevetaṃ tassa rañño’’ti vadanti. Paccāmittaṃ parasenaṃ jinātīti pasenadi. Kosalaraṭṭhassa adhipatīti kosalo. Ayañcarahīti ettha carahīti nipātamattaṃ. Vippakatāti apariyositā. Ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antarākathā aniṭṭhitāti attho.
“于傍晚时”:即在傍晚的某个时分。“从独处禅修出”:即从名为“独处”的果等至中出,这些至能令心从色等诸所缘收摄回来,于适当时刻分限而出。世尊于午前时,由比丘僧团围绕,进入舍卫城,为便于比丘们获得团食而行,饭食之事毕,便与比丘们一同出城,进入寺院,立于香室前,示现威仪,对侍立的比丘们随宜而作善逝的教诫。待诸比丘各各前往林间、树下等日间住处后,世尊便入香室,以果等至之乐度过白昼,至适宜时分出定,心中思惟:“四众弟子正充塞寺院,等待我的来临,现在是时候为说法而往法堂了。”于是从座而起。犹如兽王狮子从金色洞窟般的芬芳香室步出,亦如醉象王趋近象群,世尊身无轻躁,步伐优美,三十二大人相与八十随形好庄严照耀,寻丈身光环绕,威仪具足,放光髻鬘以为严饰,放射青、黄、赤、白、紫等六色佛光,成就不可思议之威力、无能伦比的佛威仪色身,令整座寺院遍体光明,向集会堂走去。是故有言:“那时,世尊……走向那里。”显示巴利原文
Sāyanhasamayanti sāyanhe ekaṃ samayaṃ. Paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitoti tato tato rūpādiārammaṇato cittassa paṭisaṃharaṇato paṭisallānasaṅkhātāya phalasamāpattito yathākālaparicchedaṃ vuṭṭhito. Bhagavā hi pubbaṇhasamayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā bhikkhūnaṃ sulabhapiṇḍapātaṃ katvā katabhattakicco bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ sāvatthito nikkhamitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā gandhakuṭippamukhe ṭhatvā vattaṃ dassetvā ṭhitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yathāsamuṭṭhitaṃ sugatovādaṃ datvā tesu araññarukkhamūlādidivāṭṭhānaṃ uddissa gatesu gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā phalasamāpattisukhena divasabhāgaṃ vītināmetvā yathākālaparicchede samāpattito vuṭṭhāya, ‘‘mayhaṃ upagamanaṃ āgamayamānā catasso parisā sakalavihāraṃ paripūrentiyo nisinnā, idāni me dhammadesanatthaṃ dhammasabhāmaṇḍalaṃ upagantuṃ kālo’’ti āsanato vuṭṭhāya, kesarasīho viya kañcanaguhāya surabhigandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā yūthaṃ upasaṅkamanto mattavaravāraṇo viya akāyacāpallena cāruvikkantagamano asītianubyañjanappaṭimaṇḍitabāttiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasamujjalāya byāmappabhāya parikkhepavilāsasampannāya pabhassaraketumālālaṅkatāya nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhapabhassarānaṃ vasena chabbaṇṇabuddharaṃsiyo vissajjentiyā acinteyyānubhāvāya anupamāya buddhalīlāya samannāgatāya rūpakāyasampattiyā sakalavihāraṃ ekālokaṃ kurumāno upaṭṭhānasālaṃ upasaṅkami. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho bhagavā…pe… tenupasaṅkamī’’ti.
世尊便这样走近,示现威仪后坐下。他看见那些比丘都默然无语,心想:“如果我不开口,这些比丘出于对佛陀的恭敬,恐怕一劫都不会说话。”为发起话题,世尊便说:“比丘们,你们如今正谈论什么(kāya nuttha)……”在这里,“你们正谈论什么”意思是“你们在谈论哪一种话题?”也有版本读作“kāya nottha”,意思相同。还有读作“kāya nvettha”的,意思是“你们在这里谈论哪一种话题?”这一段的大意是:比丘们,你们是依于什么因缘的话题而聚集坐于此处的?你们因我到来而中断的话题是什么?我来让它圆满完成。世尊就这样以一切知者的方式作了开许。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vattaṃ dassetvā nisinne te bhikkhū tuṇhībhūte disvā ‘‘mayi akathente ime bhikkhū buddhagāravena kappampi na kathessantī’’ti kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tattha kāya nutthāti katamāya nu bhavatha. ‘‘Kāya notthā’’tipi pāḷi, so evattho, ‘‘kāya nvetthā’’tipi paṭhanti, tassa katamāya nu etthāti attho. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – bhikkhave, katamāya nāma kathāya idha sannisinnā bhavatha, katamā ca tumhākaṃ kathā mamāgamanapaccayā aniṭṭhitā, taṃ niṭṭhāpessāmīti evaṃ sabbaññupavāraṇāya pavāresi.
“这不适当(na khvetaṃ)”意思是“这并不适当”,或者也读作“na khotaṃ”,分解词语就是“na kho etaṃ”。“良家子(kulaputtānaṃ)”指那些出身良好、行为端正的善男子。“由于信(saddhā)”:指基于对业果的信和对三宝的信。“离家(agārasmā)”:指从家宅出来,也就是从在家的状态出来。“出家(anagāriyaṃ)”:即指进入修行生活。“已出家者(pabbajitānaṃ)”:指那些已经进入出家生活的人。“此(yaṃ)”是一个指代词。在这里,应当这样连贯理解:“比丘们,你们既不是因为国王的惩罚,也不是因为贼人的逼迫,不是因为负债,也不是因为生活的恐怖而成出家的,而是出于信心,离家出走,在我的教法中出家。你们如今却去谈论像那样的王事畜生论,对你们而言,这样的谈论是不适当、不合适的。”显示巴利原文
Na khvetanti na kho etaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho. ‘‘Na khota’’ntipi paṭhanti, na kho etaṃ icceva padavibhāgo. Kulaputtānanti jātiācārakulaputtānaṃ. Saddhāti saddhāya, kammaphalasaddhāya ratanattayasaddhāya ca. Agārasmāti gharato, gahaṭṭhabhāvāti attho. Anagāriyanti pabbajjaṃ. Pabbajitānanti upagatānaṃ . Yanti kiriyāparāmasanaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ padayojanā – ‘‘bhikkhave, tumhe neva rājābhinītā na corābhinītā na iṇaṭṭā na jīvitapakatā pabbajitā, atha kho saddhāya agārato nikkhamitvā mama sāsane pabbajitā, tumhe etarahi evarūpiṃ rājappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ katheyyātha, yaṃ evarūpāya kathāya kathanaṃ, etaṃ tumhākaṃ na kho patirūpaṃ na yuttamevā’’ti.
世尊在否定了这些出家人聚集之时的不当行为后,为了开许他们应行的适当之道,便说道:“比丘们,当你们聚集在一起时,有两件事应当做:或者进行法谈(dhammī kathā),或者保持圣默然(ariyo tuṇhībhāvo)。”在此,“你们(vo)”就是指“你们的”。“应作(karaṇīyaṃ)”一词,因顾及后文,此处用的是对动作主体的属格形式,因此意思就是“你们应当做”。“有两件事应当做”:指有两件该做的事。“法谈”:指不偏离四圣谛之法的谈论,也就是开示轮转与还灭的法义。事实上,所谓的十论事亦包含于其中,因为它们都是法谈的一部分。“圣(ariyo)”:因为能带来究竟的利益,故称为圣;或者说,因为清净、殊胜,故称为圣。“默然(tuṇhībhāvo)”:指修习止与观所安住的无言状态。然而,有些人说:“因为它是语行的对立面,所以第二禅那即是圣默然。”另有一些人说:“第四禅那是圣默然。”此处的意思则是:“比丘们,为了增长心远离,你们应当安住。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sannipatitānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ appatirūpaṃ paṭikkhipitvā idāni nesaṃ patirūpaṃ paṭipattiṃ anujānanto ‘‘sannipatitānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ dhammī vā kathā ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo’’ti āha. Tattha voti tumhākaṃ. Karaṇīyanti hi padaṃ apekkhitvā kattari sāmivacanametaṃ, tasmā tumhehīti attho. Dvayaṃ karaṇīyanti dve kātabbā. Dhammī kathāti catusaccadhammato anapetā kathā, pavattinivattiparidīpinī dhammadesanāti attho. Dasakathāvatthusaṅkhātāpi hi dhammakathā tadekadesā evāti. Ariyoti ekantahitāvahattā ariyo, visuddho uttamoti vā ariyo. Tuṇhībhāvoti samathavipassanābhāvanābhūtaṃ akathanaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘vacīsaṅkhārapaṭipakkhabhāvato dutiyajjhānaṃ ariyo tuṇhībhāvo’’ti vadanti. Apare ‘‘catutthajjhānaṃ ariyo tuṇhībhāvo’’ti vadanti. Ayaṃ panettha attho – ‘‘bhikkhave, cittavivekassa paribrūhanatthaṃ vivekaṭṭhakāyā suññāgāre viharantā sace kadāci sannipatatha, evaṃ sannipatitehi tumhehi ‘assutaṃ sāveti sutaṃ vā pariyodapetī’ti vuttanayena aññamaññassūpakārāya khandhādīnaṃ aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttā dhammakathā vā pavattetabbā, aññamaññaṃ abyābādhanatthaṃ jhānasamāpattiyā vā viharitabba’’nti.
其中,世尊以先前的“应作”之语,为尚未来入佛法者开示进入佛教之法;以后面的教示,为已经来入者开示出离轮回之法。或者,前句促使人们在教理上通达,后句促使人们在证得上通达。又或者,前句阐明正见最初生起的因,后句阐明正见随后生起的因。正如世尊所说——显示巴利原文
Tattha purimena karaṇīyavacanena anotiṇṇānaṃ sāsane otaraṇūpāyaṃ dasseti, pacchimena otiṇṇānaṃ saṃsārato nissaraṇūpāyaṃ. Purimena vā āgamaveyyattiye niyojeti, pacchimena adhigamaveyyattiye. Atha vā purimena sammādiṭṭhiyā paṭhamaṃ uppattihetuṃ dīpeti, dutiyena dutiyaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“比丘们,有两种因、两种缘,能令正见生起,即:来自身外的善知识说法之声,与自身内在的如理作意。”(《增支部》2.127)显示巴利原文
‘‘Dveme, bhikkhave, hetū dve paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya parato ca ghoso, paccattañca yoniso manasikāro’’ti (a. ni. 2.127).
前者阐明世间正见的根本因,后者阐明出世间正见的根本因——应当通过这些方式来了知此处语句的关联。显示巴利原文
Purimena vā lokiyasammādiṭṭhiyā mūlakāraṇaṃ vibhāveti, pacchimena lokuttarasammādiṭṭhiyā mūlakāraṇanti evamādinā ettha yojanā veditabbā.
了知此义(Etamatthaṃ viditvā):那些比丘从一切方面完整地了知了此义——较之于人们所称叹的欲乐成就(kāmasampatti),禅那(jhāna)等成就更为寂静、更为殊胜。于是,世尊诵出了这首彰显圣住(ariyavihāra)安乐之用的优陀那(Udāna)。显示巴利原文
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti tehi bhikkhūhi kittitakāmasampattito jhānādisampatti santatarā ceva paṇītatarā cāti etamatthaṃ sabbākārato viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ ariyavihārasukhānubhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
其中,“世间(loka)”一词,在“蕴世间、处世间、界世间”等用法中,是用来指称诸行(saṅkhāra)的。显示巴利原文
Tattha yañca kāmasukhaṃ loketi lokasaddo ‘‘khandhaloko āyatanaloko dhātuloko’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 3, 7; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 2) saṅkhāresu āgato.
日月所运行的范围,
诸方闪耀光辉,
于此千重世间,
一切皆归其主宰。”——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yāvatā candimasūriyā pariharanti, Disā bhanti virocanā; Tāva sahassadhā loko, Ettha te vattatī vaso’’ti. –
在类似这样的经文(如《中部》1.503)中,“世间”一词是在“器世间”(okāsa)的意义上使用的;而在“世尊以佛眼观察世间”这样的经句(《大品》9;《中部》1.283)中,它是在“众生世间”(satta)的意义上使用的。然而在此处,应当理解为兼具众生世间(sattaloka)与器世间(okāsaloka)两者。因此,从无间地狱向上,乃至梵天界以下,在这世间之中,依凭事欲(vatthukāma),由烦恼欲(kilesakāma)引生的与欲相应之乐;那被称为“天界之乐”(diviyaṃ sukhaṃ)的——即在天界中,借由天住(dibbavihāra)所证得的、属于梵天与人类的色等至(rūpasamāpatti)之乐;以及那“渴爱灭尽之乐”(taṇhakkhayasukha)——即依此而灭尽渴爱,以涅槃(nibbāna)为所缘,由渴爱止息所转起的果等至之乐等。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu (ma. ni. 1.503) okāse āgato. ‘‘Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 9; ma. ni. 1.283) sattesu. Idha pana sattaloke okāsaloke ca veditabbo. Tasmā avīcito paṭṭhāya upari brahmalokato heṭṭhā etasmiṃ loke yaṃ vatthukāme paṭicca kilesakāmavasena uppajjanato kāmasahagataṃ sukhaṃ. Yañcidaṃ diviyaṃ sukhanti yañca idaṃ divi bhavaṃ dibbavihāravasena ca laddhabbaṃ brahmānaṃ manussānañca rūpasamāpattisukhaṃ. Taṇhakkhayasukhassāti yaṃ āgamma taṇhā khīyati, taṃ nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā taṇhāya ca paṭipassambhanavasena pavattaphalasamāpattisukhaṃ taṇhakkhayasukhaṃ nāma, tassa taṇhakkhayasukhassa. Eteti liṅgavipallāsena niddeso, etāni sukhānīti attho. Keci ubhayampi sukhasāmaññena gahetvā ‘‘eta’’nti paṭhanti, tesaṃ ‘‘kalaṃ nāgghatī’’ti pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ.
“十六分之一”(soḷasi)指十六份中的一份。此处的要义大致是:以转轮王之乐为首的一切人间乐,龙、金翅鸟等世间中龙等众生所当享受的乐,以及从四大王天等天界中的六种欲乐——也就是在十一种欲界中所生起的诸欲乐;再加上色界、无色界诸天中,作为天住而存在、又在色界及无色界禅那中生起的、被称为“天界”(diviya)的世间禅那乐。将这全部两种乐——欲乐与世间禅那乐——与那名为“渴爱灭尽乐”的果等至乐相比,若把果等至乐分成十六份,取其一份,单是这十六分之一量的乐,世间乐也完全不及。显示巴利原文
Soḷasinti soḷasannaṃ pūraṇiṃ. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – cakkavattisukhaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbasmiṃ manussaloke manussasukhaṃ, nāgasupaṇṇādiloke nāgādīhi anubhavitabbaṃ sukhaṃ, cātumahārājikādidevaloke chabbidhaṃ kāmasukhanti yaṃ ekādasavidhe kāmaloke uppajjantaṃ kāmasukhaṃ, yañca idaṃ rūpārūpadevesu dibbavihārabhūtesu rūpārūpajjhānesu ca uppannattā ‘‘diviya’’nti laddhanāmaṃ lokiyajjhānasukhaṃ, sakalampi tadubhayaṃ taṇhakkhayasukhasaṅkhātaṃ phalasamāpattisukhaṃ soḷasa bhāge katvā tato ekabhāgaṃ soḷasabhāgaguṇe laddhaṃ ekabhāgasaṅkhātaṃ kalaṃ na agghatīti.
然而,上述的义释是依果等至的共相而说的。由于经中无有简别地直接述及“渴爱灭尽”,因此,即便是初果等至之乐,世间乐也全然不及它的十六分之一。正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Ayañca atthavaṇṇanā phalasamāpattisāmaññena vuttā. Pāḷiyaṃ avisesena taṇhakkhayassa āgatattā paṭhamaphalasamāpattisukhassāpi kalaṃ lokiyaṃ na agghati eva. Tathā hi vuttaṃ –
以统治大地独一无二的王权,或往生天界;
统领一切世间的主权,也不及入流果的殊胜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pathabyā ekarajjena, saggassa gamanena vā; Sabbalokādhipaccena, sotāpattiphalaṃ vara’’nti. (dha. pa. 178);
《入流相应》中也这样说:显示巴利原文
Sotāpattisaṃyuttepi vuttaṃ –
比丘们,即使一位转轮王统治了四大洲、拥有自在主权,当他身坏命终之后,投生到善趣天界,与三十三天的天众同住;在那里的欢喜园中,他被天女众簇拥,具足并享受五种天界的妙欲之乐,然而,由于他不具足四种法,他仍然不能免于地狱、畜生、饿鬼,不能免于恶趣、悲惨的去处和堕落之处。比丘们,相反,一位圣弟子,即使靠托钵乞食维生,穿着粪扫衣,只要他具足四种法,他便已解脱地狱,解脱畜生,解脱饿鬼,解脱恶趣、悲惨的去处和堕落之处。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato. Atha kho so aparimuttova nirayā, aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā, aparimutto pettivisayā, aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako piṇḍiyālopena yāpeti, nantakāni ca dhāreti, so catūhi dhammehi samannāgato, atha kho so parimutto nirayā, parimutto tiracchānayoniyā, parimutto pettivisayā, parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
是哪四种法呢?比丘们,于此,圣弟子对佛陀具备不坏净信:‘彼世尊是阿拉汉……乃至……佛陀、世尊。’对法具备不坏净信:‘……乃至……为智者所证知。’对僧伽具备不坏净信:‘……乃至……是世间的无上福田。’他具足圣者所喜爱的戒,戒行无有毁缺……乃至……能导向禅定。他便以此四法而具足。比丘们,获得四大洲与获得此四法相比,获得四大洲的价值尚不及获得此四法的十六分之一。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ…pe... buddho bhagavā’ti. Dhamme aveccappasādena…pe… viññūhī’ti. Saṅghe aveccappasādena…pe… puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato hoti. Yo ca, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho, yo catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābho, catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhassa kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasi’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.997).
如此,世尊在一切处阐明:世间乐是有上、有更胜的,唯有出世间乐才是无上、最殊胜的。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā sabbattha lokiyasukhaṃ sauttaraṃ sātisayaṃ, lokuttarasukhameva anuttaranti atisayanti bhājesīti.
第三 杖经义注显示巴利原文
3. Daṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā
13 第三经中,“童子”指的是男孩们。至于“在舍卫城与祇园之间”中的“之间”一词:在“这期间谁能了知,若非如来”(《增支部》6.44;10.75)、“众人集会商议,你与我之间有何事”(《相应部》1.228)等句子中,它表示原因;在“尊者,有一位妇女在闪电之间洗涤容器时看见了我”(《中部》2.149)等句子中,它表示刹那;在“若人内心中没有忿怒”(《自说》20)等句子中,它表示心;在“中途就终止了”等句子中,它表示中途;在“比丘们,这条多波陀河从两个大地狱的间隙中流来”(《律藏·波罗夷》231)等句子中,它表示空隙。在此处,也应理解为空隙。因此,它的意思是“在舍卫城与祇园之间的空隙处”,应当这样理解。由于与“之间”一词的搭配关系,这里使用了宾格形式:“在舍卫城与祇园之间”。在类似情形下,文法家们会如“在村庄与河流之间行走”这样,仅用一个“之间”,而它亦与第二个词搭配;但此处则是将两者连接着一并说出。显示巴利原文
13. Tatiye kumārakāti dārakā. Antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca jetavananti antarāsaddo ‘‘tadantaraṃ ko jāneyya, aññatra tathāgatā’’ti (a. ni. 6.44; 10.75), ‘‘janā saṅgamma mantenti, mañca tvañca kimantara’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.228) kāraṇe āgato. ‘‘Addasā maṃ, bhante, aññatarā itthī vijjantarikāya bhājanaṃ dhovantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.149) khaṇe. ‘‘Yassantarato na santi kopā’’tiādīsu (udā. 20) citte. ‘‘Antarā vosānamāpādī’’tiādīsu vemajjhe. ‘‘Apicāyaṃ, bhikkhave, tapodā dvinnaṃ mahānirayānaṃ antarikāya āgacchatī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 231) vivare . Svāyamidhāpi vivare veditabbo. Tasmā sāvatthiyā ca jetavanassa ca vivareti, evamettha attho veditabbo. Antarāsaddayogato cettha upayogavacanaṃ ‘‘antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca jetavana’’nti. Īdisesu ṭhānesu akkharacintakā ‘‘antarā gāmañca nadiñca gacchatī’’ti ekameva antarāsaddaṃ payujjanti, so dutiyapadenapi yojetabbo hoti. Idha pana yojetvā vutto.
“以杖打蛇”说的是:一条黑蛇从洞中爬出,因饥饿而外出觅食,那些男孩便尾随其后,用棍棒打它。那时,世尊正前往舍卫城乞食,于半路见那些男孩以杖打蛇,便问:“孩子们,你们为何用棍子打这条蛇?”他们答:“尊者,因为怕被它咬。”世尊心想:“这些人为了自己得乐而打这条蛇,却会在轮回生处遭受痛苦。啊,被无明所欺的方便何等巧妙!”由此,对法生起了悚惧感。正是以此对法的悚惧,他诵出了优陀那。因此,经文说:“那时,世尊……”等等。显示巴利原文
Ahiṃ daṇḍena hanantīti bilato nikkhamitvā gocarāya gacchantaṃ kaṇhasappaṃ chātajjhattaṃ anubandhitvā yaṭṭhīhi pothenti. Tena ca samayena bhagavā sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya gacchanto antarāmagge te dārake ahiṃ daṇḍena hanante disvā ‘‘kasmā kumārakā imaṃ ahiṃ daṇḍena hanathā’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘ḍaṃsanabhayena, bhante’’ti ca vutte ‘‘ime attano sukhaṃ karissāmāti imaṃ paharantā nibbattaṭṭhāne dukkhaṃ anubhavissanti, aho avijjāya nikatikosalla’’nti dhammasaṃvegaṃ uppādesi. Teneva ca dhammasaṃvegena udānaṃ udānesi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā’’tiādi.
在此,“了知此义后”的意思:有些注释者这样解释——世尊了知“这些男孩为自己的快乐而制造他人痛苦,自己今生来世皆不得乐”之义。不善行者的求乐,将导致未来之苦;善行者则必定得乐。因此,这些注释者说:“佛陀正是以此喜悦而诵出此优陀那:‘那些远离伤害、能全然分享快乐的人,确是我所教导的随行者啊!’”另一些注释者则说:“世尊是为了从过患的角度,全面了知那些男孩所行的伤害,为显示伤害他人的过患与悲悯他人的功德,依次开示过患与功德,因而诵出了此优陀那。”显示巴利原文
Tattha etamatthaṃ viditvāti ‘‘ime dārakā attasukhāya paradukkhaṃ karontā sayaṃ parattha sukhaṃ na labhissantī’’ti etamatthaṃ jānitvāti evameke vaṇṇenti. Aññesaṃ duppaṭipannānaṃ sukhapariyesanaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhāya saṃvattati, suppaṭipannānaṃ ekantena sukhāya saṃvattati. Tasmā ‘‘paravihesāvinimuttā accantameva sukhabhāgino vata mayhaṃ ovādappaṭikarā’’ti somanassavasenevetampi satthā udānaṃ udānesīti vadanti. Apare pana bhaṇanti ‘‘evaṃ tehi kumārakehi pavattitaṃ paraviheṭhanaṃ sabbākārena ādīnavato viditvā paravihesāya parānukampāya ca yathākkamaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsavibhāvanaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesī’’ti.
此处,“乐于安乐”意指:因全然希求自身之安乐,而贪着于安乐。“诸有情”指一切众生。“若有人用杖去伤害”:在此,“用杖”仅为一种开示的方式,其含义是:或以木棍,或以土块、刀及手掌等击打。又或者,“用杖”意即以惩罚的方式。此即表明:若有这样的人,为了自己的快乐,以种种“杖”去伤害、折磨一切乐于安乐的众生——诸如:因他人的出身等而生起轻蔑的“语杖”;用手、木槌、刀等捶击、殴打、砍斫的“身杖”;或是扣押他人百钱、千钱的“财杖”——以这些“杖”中的任何一种,他死后便得不到快乐。这是说:那个寻求、追寻、渴望自己快乐的人,在死后、于他世,无论是人间之乐、天上之乐,还是涅槃之乐,这三种快乐,全都无法获得。恰恰相反,他只会因那种杖而领受痛苦。显示巴利原文
Tattha sukhakāmānīti ekanteneva attano sukhassa icchanato sukhānugiddhāni. Bhūtānīti pāṇino. Yo daṇḍena vihiṃsatīti ettha daṇḍenāti desanāmattaṃ, daṇḍena vā leḍḍusatthapāṇippahārādīhi vāti attho. Atha vā daṇḍenāti daṇḍanena. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yo sukhakāmāni sabbabhūtāni jātiādinā ghaṭṭanavasena vacīdaṇḍena vā pāṇimuggarasatthādīhi pothanatāḷanacchedanādivasena sarīradaṇḍena vā sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā ṭhāpanavasena dhanadaṇḍena vāti imesu daṇḍesu yena kenaci daṇḍena vihiṃsati viheṭheti dukkhaṃ pāpeti, attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhanti so puggalo attano sukhaṃ esanto gavesanto patthento pecca paraloke manussasukhaṃ dibbasukhaṃ nibbānasukhanti tividhampi sukhaṃ na labhati, aññadatthu tena daṇḍena dukkhameva labhatīti attho.
“他于死后得到快乐”,是指:如果一个人具足忍耐、慈爱与悲悯,心中如是想:“正如我乐于快乐、厌恶痛苦一般,一切众生也都是如此。” 他安住于主动远离杀生等善行之中,依前所述的方式,不用任何“杖”去伤害、侵扰任何众生。那么,此人在来世,若投生为人,便获得人间之乐;若投生为天,便获得天上之乐;当超越这两种状态后,便会证得涅槃之乐。在此,为了表明那种快乐对此人而言定当获得,犹如已现在眼前,所以经文里用了“得到”一词。于前一偈颂的解释,也是此理。显示巴利原文
Pecca so labhate sukhanti yo khantimettānuddayasampanno ‘‘yathāhaṃ sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo, evaṃ sabbepī’’ti cintetvā sampattaviratiādīsu ṭhito vuttanayena kenaci daṇḍena sabbānipi bhūtāni na hiṃsati na bādhati, so puggalo paraloke manussabhūto manussasukhaṃ, devabhūto dibbasukhaṃ, ubhayaṃ atikkamanto nibbānasukhaṃ labhatīti. Ettha ca tādisassa puggalassa avassaṃbhāvitāya taṃ sukhaṃ paccuppannaṃ viya hotīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘labhate’’ti vuttaṃ. Purimagāthāyapi eseva nayo.
第四 恭敬经注释显示巴利原文
4. Sakkārasuttavaṇṇanā
14 第十四(在第四经中):“那时,世尊受到恭敬”,是指:世尊于四不可计又十万大劫的漫长岁月中,圆满累积了种种殊胜的福德资粮,作为此资粮的果报,他获得了日益增上的恭敬与礼遇等。这些果报,仿佛自动涌现而出,并宣告着:“从此以后,再无我发挥作用的空间了!” 如此这般,犹如在一切方向涌起巨大的雨云,降下洪流一般。世尊的所有波罗蜜,似为展现其在一世中成熟的果报而汇聚,为他带来了利养与恭敬的巨大洪流。于是,手持食物、饮料、衣物、车乘、花环、香、涂香等供品的刹帝利、婆罗门等人,都前来寻找世尊,问道:“佛陀在何处?世尊在何处?天中天在何处?人牛王在何处?人中狮子在何处?” 他们以数百辆车运来各类资具,由于始终得不到供养的机会,车与车之间车轴顶着车轴,挤在一由旬方圆的范围之内停驻,并如盲者林中的婆罗门等人一般,继续追随世尊。所有这些盛况,都应当依照《犍度》(大品282)及各相应经典中所载的方法来理解。并且,不仅如此,比丘僧团也同样受到恭敬。如经中所说——显示巴利原文
14. Catutthe tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hotīti kappānaṃ satasahassādhikesu catūsu asaṅkhyeyyesu paripūritassa puññasambhāravisesassa phalabhūtena ‘‘ito paraṃ mayhaṃ okāso natthī’’ti ussahajātena viya uparūpari vaḍḍhamānena sakkārādinā bhagavā sakkato hoti. Sabbadisāsu hi yamakamahāmegho vuṭṭhahitvā mahoghaṃ viya sabbapāramiyo ‘‘ekasmiṃ attabhāve vipākaṃ dassāmā’’ti sampiṇḍitā viya bhagavato lābhasakkāramahoghaṃ nibbattayiṃsu. Tato annapānavatthayānamālāgandhavilepanādihatthā khattiyabrāhmaṇādayo āgantvā ‘‘kahaṃ buddho, kahaṃ bhagavā, kahaṃ devadevo, kahaṃ narāsabho, kahaṃ purisasīho’’ti bhagavantaṃ pariyesanti. Sakaṭasatehi paccaye āharitvā okāsaṃ alabhamānā samantā gāvutappamāṇepi sakaṭadhurena sakaṭadhuraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhanti ceva anubandhanti ca andhakavindabrāhmaṇādayo viya. Sabbaṃ taṃ khandhake (mahāva. 282) tesu tesu ca suttesu āgatanayena veditabbaṃ. Yathā ca bhagavato, evaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassāti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
纯陀,于今世间所现的僧团或团体中,我不见有其他任何一个僧团,能如这个比丘僧团一般,达到如此利养与称誉的顶峰。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yāvatā kho, cunda, etarahi saṅghā vā gaṇā vā loke uppannā, nāhaṃ, cunda, aññaṃ ekasaṅghampi samanupassāmi evaṃ lābhaggayasaggappattaṃ, yatharivāyaṃ, cunda, bhikkhusaṅgho’’ti (dī. ni. 3.176).
如此,世尊与比丘僧团所得之利养恭敬,汇合一处后,犹如两条大河合流之水,不可计量。因此经中说:“那时,世尊受恭敬……乃至……资具;比丘僧团亦受恭敬……乃至……资具。”显示巴利原文
Svāyaṃ bhagavato ca bhikkhusaṅghassa ca uppanno lābhasakkāro ekato hutvā dvinnaṃ mahānadīnaṃ udakogho viya appameyyo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hoti…pe… parikkhārānaṃ, bhikkhusaṅghopi sakkato…pe… parikkhārāna’’nti.
然而,那些外道因往昔未造善业,且行持不正,原本就未蒙恭敬尊重;佛陀出世后,他们更形光彩尽失——如日出时的萤火虫,失去光辉与威力,利养恭敬也尽散失。他们无法忍受世尊与僧团所得的这般利养恭敬,心生嫉妒,盘算道:“我们就这样用粗恶之语打击他们,把他们逐走。”他们满怀嫉恨,口吐恶语,四处游行,每到一处便辱骂、毁谤比丘。因此经中说:“然而,外道游行者们却不受恭敬……乃至……资具。那时,那些外道游行者们不能忍受世尊及比丘僧团所得的恭敬,在村落或山林中见到比丘后,便以卑鄙粗恶的言语辱骂、毁谤、激怒、恼害他们。”显示巴利原文
Titthiyā pana pubbe akatapuññatāya ca duppaṭipannatāya ca asakkatā agarukatā, buddhuppādena pana visesato vipannasobhā sūriyuggamane khajjopanakā viya nippabhā nittejā hatalābhasakkārā ahesuṃ. Te tādisaṃ bhagavato saṅghassa ca lābhasakkāraṃ asahamānā issāpakatā ‘‘evaṃ ime pharusāhi vācāhi ghaṭṭetvāva palāpessāmā’’ti usūyā visuggāraṃ uggirantā tattha tattha bhikkhū akkosantā paribhāsantā vicariṃsu . Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘aññatitthiyā pana paribbājakā asakkatā honti…pe… parikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bhagavato sakkāraṃ asahamānā bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gāme ca araññe ca bhikkhū disvā asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesentī’’ti.
此处,“卑鄙的”(asabbhā):指那些不适合在善士聚集的集会中宣说的话语,意为粗秽语。“粗恶的”(pharusā):指粗硬、伤及要害的话语。“辱骂”(akkosanti):指以出身等事由进行羞辱。“毁谤”(paribhāsanti):指通过挑起争论,使人恐惧并加以威胁。“激怒”(rosenti):指为了让他人生起嗔怒,以挑衅的方式激起愤怒。“恼害”(vihesenti):即扰乱,以种种方式令人感到不适。显示巴利原文
Tattha asabbhāhīti asabhāyoggāhi sabhāyaṃ sādhujanasamūhe vattuṃ ayuttāhi, duṭṭhullāhīti attho. Pharusāhīti kakkhaḷāhi mammacchedikāhi. Akkosantīti jātiādīhi akkosavatthūhi khuṃsenti. Paribhāsantīti bhaṇḍanavasena bhayaṃ uppādentā tajjenti. Rosentīti yathā parassa roso hoti, evaṃ anuddhaṃsanavasena rosaṃ uppādenti. Vihesentīti viheṭhenti, vividhehi ākārehi aphāsuṃ karonti.
然而,他们又是如何对这般一切清净庄严的世尊与比丘僧团施以辱骂等行为的呢?因为世尊出世而失去了利养恭敬,他们心怀恼怒,就如同一个掘地却使自己滑倒的人,又像是在一颗无瑕的琉璃宝珠上强加瑕疵一般;他们唆使一位名叫孙陀利的游方女,让她对大师与比丘们进行毁谤,由此施以辱骂等行为。不过,这整个孙陀利的事件,将在后面的《孙陀利经》中依据本典本身出现,因此届时我们将在那里解释此处应说明的内容。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ panete samantapāsādike bhagavati bhikkhusaṅghe ca akkosādīni pavattesunti? Bhagavato uppādato pahīnalābhasakkāratāya upahatacittā pathaviṃ khaṇitvā pakkhalantā viya avaṇe veḷuriyamaṇimhi vaṇaṃ uppādentā viya ca sundarikaṃ nāma paribbājikaṃ saññāpetvā tāya satthu bhikkhūnañca avaṇṇaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā akkosādīni pavattesuṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ sundarīvatthu parato sundarīsutte (udā. 38) pāḷiyaṃyeva āgamissati, tasmā yamettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ tattheva vaṇṇayissāma.
比丘们来到世尊处,禀告了此事。因此经中说:“那时,众多比丘前往世尊处……恼害。”这表达的就是上述之义。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhū bhagavato santikaṃ upasaṅkamitvā taṃ pavattimārocesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu…pe… vihesentī’’ti. Taṃ vuttatthameva.
“了知此义后”,即从一切方面了知那些被嫉妒所败的外道之违犯行为后。“而说此优陀那”,即为了表明他们所作的恶行,以及他人出于净信所施的助益,宣说了这彰显“如如”功德的优陀那。显示巴利原文
Etamatthaṃviditvāti etaṃ issāpakatānaṃ titthiyānaṃ vippaṭipattiṃ sabbākārato viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ tehi kate vippakāre pasannacittehi ca parehi kate upakāre tādibhāvānubhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
其中,“在村落或山林被乐与苦所触”,即不论在村落还是山林,无论在何处,为乐或苦所触,正经历着乐苦,或者具足那些乐苦的缘。“不应从自己、也不应从他人方面去执取”,即不应作如此念:“我快乐了”“我痛苦了”“这是我的乐”“这是我的苦”“这乐和苦是别人带给我的”,不应将此乐苦执取为来自自己或来自他人。何以故?因为在这五蕴聚合中,根本没有什么可视为“我”“我的”“他人”或“他人的”;纯然只有诸行依各自的缘而生起,又刹那刹那地坏灭。这里对乐苦的执取,仅是教说的一个要点,实际上其义理应依一切世间法来理解。世尊便如此阐明了四角空性:“我不在任何处,于任何人亦无所属;我的东西也不存在于任何地方、任何时间。”显示巴利原文
Tattha gāme araññe sukhadukkhaphuṭṭhoti gāme vā araññe vā yattha katthaci sukhena dukkhena ca phuṭṭho sukhadukkhāni anubhavanto, tesaṃ vā paccayehi samaṅgībhūto. Nevattato no parato dahethāti ‘‘ahaṃ sukhito , ahaṃ dukkhito, mama sukhaṃ, mama dukkhaṃ, parenidaṃ mayhaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ uppādita’’nti ca neva attato na parato taṃ sukhadukkhaṃ ṭhapetha. Kasmā? Na hettha khandhapañcake ahanti vā mamanti vā paroti vā parassāti vā passitabbayuttakaṃ kiñci atthi, kevalaṃ saṅkhārā eva pana yathāpaccayaṃ uppajjitvā khaṇe khaṇe bhijjantīti. Sukhadukkhaggahaṇañcettha desanāsīsaṃ, sabbassāpi lokadhammassa vasena attho veditabbo. Iti bhagavā ‘‘nāhaṃ kvacani, kassaci kiñcanatasmiṃ, na ca mama kvacani, katthaci kiñcanatatthī’’ti catukoṭikaṃ suññataṃ vibhāvesi.
现在,为了说明他不将其执取为我、我所的理由,经中说:“种种触缘于所依而触”。这些名为可感受乐、可感受苦的触,是缘于名为五蕴的所依;有所依时,它们便各依其境而触,并于彼处转起。至于不苦不乐的受,因其本质寂静,还是归入乐受一类,因此此义注仅依两种触作释。显示巴利原文
Idāni tassa attato parato ca adahanassa kāraṇaṃ dasseti ‘‘phusanti phassā upadhiṃ paṭiccā’’ti. Ete sukhavedanīyā dukkhavedanīyā ca phassā nāma khandhapañcakasaṅkhātaṃ upadhiṃ paṭicca tasmiṃ sati yathāsakaṃ visayaṃ phusanti, tattha pavattantiyeva. Adukkhamasukhā hi vedanā santasabhāvatāya sukhe eva saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti duvidhasamphassavasenevāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā katā.
然而,为了说明那些触如何不触,世尊说:“无依者,以何而被触所触?”因为一旦完全没有蕴的依处,那些触还能依什么因缘去触呢?根本没有那样的因缘。所以,如果你们不希望由辱骂等而生起乐受与苦受,就应彻底致力于无依的状态。世尊以此将偈颂归结于无余涅槃界而作结束。就这样,这段优陀那说明了流转与还灭的道理。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana te phassā na phusanti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘nirupadhiṃ kena phuseyyuṃ phassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Sabbaso hi khandhūpadhiyā asati kena kāraṇena te phassā phuseyyuṃ, na taṃ kāraṇaṃ atthi. Yadi hi tumhe akkosādivasena uppajjanasukhadukkhaṃ na icchatha, sabbaso nirupadhibhāveyeva yogaṃ kareyyāthāti anupādisesanibbānadhātuyā gāthaṃ niṭṭhapesi. Evaṃ iminā udānena vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ.
第五 优婆塞经注释显示巴利原文
5. Upāsakasuttavaṇṇanā
15 第五经中,“伊车能额勒”是憍萨罗国中一个名为伊车能额勒的婆罗门村。他因住于该村,或出生于该村,故称“伊车能额勒人”。“优婆塞”:因通过三皈依在世尊面前表明了优婆塞身份,持守五学处,以佛为依止、以法为依止、以僧为依止,故称优婆塞。“因某些应办之事”:指为了提款、清洗等某件需要处理的事务。“办好之后”:即完成之后。据说,这位优婆塞以前常来亲近承事世尊,但有一段时间因诸多事务缠身,没能来见世尊。因此,世尊说:“优婆塞,你这次前来,真是筹备已久啊。”显示巴利原文
15. Pañcame icchānaṅgalakoti icchānaṅgalanāmako kosalesu eko brāhmaṇagāmo, taṃnivāsitāya tattha vā jāto bhavoti vā icchānaṅgalako. Upāsakoti tīhi saraṇagamanehi bhagavato santike upāsakabhāvassa paveditattā upāsako pañcasikkhāpadiko buddhamāmako, dhammamāmako, saṅghamāmako. Kenacideva karaṇīyenāti uddhārasodhāpanādinā kenacideva kattabbena. Tīretvāti niṭṭhāpetvā. Ayaṃ kira upāsako pubbe abhiṇhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā payirupāsati, so katipayaṃ kālaṃ bahukaraṇīyatāya satthu dassanaṃ nābhisambhosi. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘cirassaṃ kho tvaṃ, upāsaka, imaṃ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṃ idhāgamanāyā’’ti.
在这里,“cirassa”意为经过很长时间。“pariyāya”意为机会、次。“yadidaṃ”是不变词,意思是“这个”。完整的意思是:对于到我面前来这件事,你今天所作的这个安排,是经过很长时间一再拖延之后才做到的。“cirapaṭikāhaṃ”意为我是久有此心的人,即我从很久以前就想前来亲近,这是句子的前后关联。“kehici kehici”意思是一件又一件的事情,或者说由种种事情。在此,他显示了对世尊的恭敬。因为对导师具足净信的人,正如乐于面见导师、听闻正法那样,对其他事情便不会那么用心。在“kiccakaraṇīyehi”当中,必须完成的事称为“义务”,其余的事称为“应作之事”。或者,先该完成的为“义务”,其后该办的为“应作之事”。又或者,小事为“义务”,大事为“应作之事”。“byāvaṭo”意为忙碌。“evāhaṃ”的含义是:我因这样的方式而不能前来亲近,并非因为不恭敬等原因。显示巴利原文
Tattha cirassanti cirena. Pariyāyanti vāraṃ. Yadidanti nipāto, yo ayanti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – idha mama santike āgamanāya yo ayaṃ ajja kato vāro, taṃ imaṃ cirena papañcaṃ katvā akāsīti. Cirapaṭikāhanti cirapaṭiko ahaṃ, cirakālato paṭṭhāya ahaṃ upasaṅkamitukāmoti sambandho. Kehici kehicīti ekaccehi ekaccehi. Atha vā kehici kehicīti yehi vā tehi vā. Tattha gāravaṃ dasseti. Satthari abhippasannassa hi satthudassanadhammassavanesu viya na aññattha ādaro hoti. Kiccakaraṇīyehīti ettha avassaṃ kātabbaṃ kiccaṃ, itaraṃ karaṇīyaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kiccaṃ, pacchā kātabbaṃ karaṇīyaṃ. Khuddakaṃ vā kiccaṃ, mahantaṃ karaṇīyaṃ. Byāvaṭoti ussukko. Evāhanti evaṃ iminā pakārena ahaṃ nāsakkhiṃ upasaṅkamituṃ, na agāravādināti adhippāyo.
“Etamatthaṃ viditvā”的意思是:在佛陀出现于世极其难得、获得人身也极其难得之时,众生因有所系著而忙于种种义务,善法便成障碍;而无系著者则无此障碍——以一切方式彻底了知这个道理之后。“imaṃ udānaṃ”的意思是:他宣说了这首阐明该义的优陀那。显示巴利原文
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti dullabhe buddhuppāde manussattalābhe ca sattānaṃ sakiñcanabhāvena kiccapasutatāya kusalantarāyo hoti, na akiñcanassāti etamatthaṃ sabbākārato viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti tadatthaparidīpanameva imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
“sukhaṃ vata tassa na hoti kiñci”的意思是:对于那位补特伽罗,在色等诸法中,没有任何一法因渴爱执取为“这是我的”而存在、可得;那位补特伽罗确实是快乐的——啊,真是唯有快乐!另有“na hosī”的读法,其义应依过去时来理解。然而,有些人将“na hoti kiñci”解释为“没有贪等系著者”,这种解释不够准确,因为这部经的开示是依所执取的法而来的。如果说将贪等系著也涵盖在所应执取的范围内,这样说或许还说得通;或者可以这样理解:对于那位补特伽罗来说,哪怕一丁点会成为障碍的系著,也因为贪等系著的不存在而不存在;他的这种“无系著”状态既是乐的因缘,所以说“确实是乐,啊!乐”。那么,什么样的人才没有系著呢?他说“saṅkhātadhammassa bahussutassa”。对于那位由四种道的算数和十六种义务的完成,而成为“已了知法者”(所作已办),并以此证悟的多闻而成为“多闻者”的人。显示巴利原文
Tattha sukhaṃ vata tassa na hoti kiñcīti yassa puggalassa kiñci rūpādīsu ekavatthumpi ‘‘mameta’’nti taṇhāya pariggahitabhāvena na hoti natthi na vijjati, sukhaṃ vata tassa puggalassa, aho sukhamevāti attho. ‘‘Na hosī’’tipi pāṭho, tassa atītakālavasena attho veditabbo. Keci pana na hoti kiñcīti padassa ‘‘rāgādikiñcanaṃ yassa na hotī’’ti atthaṃ vaṇṇenti, taṃ na sundaraṃ pariggahadhammavasena desanāya āgatattā. Rāgādikiñcananti pariggahetabbassāpi saṅgahe sati yuttameva vuttaṃ siyā atha vā yassa puggalassa kiñci appampi kiñcanaṃ palibodhajātaṃ rāgādikiñcanābhāvato eva na hoti, taṃ tassa akiñcanattaṃ sukhassa paccayabhāvato sukhaṃ vataṃ, aho sukhanti attho. Kassa pana na hoti kiñcananti ce, āha ‘‘saṅkhātadhammassa bahussutassā’’ti. Yo catūhipi maggasaṅkhāhi soḷasakiccanipphattiyā saṅkhātadhammo katakicco, tato eva paṭivedhabāhusaccena bahussuto, tassa.
如此,世尊在显示了无系著状态的功德之后,为了显示有所系著状态的过患,便接着宣说“sakiñcanaṃ passā”等语。它的意思是:导师因法而激发悚惧感,对自心说道——你看那由于贪等系著和染着系著的存在而有所系著的人,正因为有所系著,为了寻求和守护尚未得到与已经得到的诸欲,以应尽的义务和“我、我所”的执取这两种方式,正在被折磨、正在遭受苦恼。“jano janasmiṃ paṭibandharūpo”的意思是:自己作为一个人,却对另一个人,由于渴爱而有“我是此人的,此人是我的”这种执着的本性,由此被折磨、遭受苦恼。也有读作“paṭibaddhacitto”(心被系缚的人)的。而这一义理——显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā akiñcanabhāve ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā sakiñcanabhāve ādīnavaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sakiñcanaṃ passā’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – rāgādikiñcanānaṃ āmisakiñcanānañca atthitāya sakiñcanaṃ, sakiñcanattā eva aladdhānañca laddhānañca kāmānaṃ pariyesanārakkhaṇahetu kiccakaraṇīyavasena ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti gahaṇavasena ca vihaññamānaṃ vighātaṃ āpajjamānaṃ passāti dhammasaṃvegappatto satthā attano cittaṃ vadati. Jano janasmiṃ paṭibandharūpoti sayaṃ añño jano samāno aññasmiṃ jane ‘‘ahaṃ imassa, mama aya’’nti taṇhāvasena paṭibandhasabhāvo hutvā vihaññati vighātaṃ āpajjati. ‘‘Paṭibaddhacitto’’tipi pāṭho. Ayañca attho –
“我有儿子,我有财富”——愚人因此备受折磨;
其实自我都不属于自己,哪里来的儿子,哪里来的财富?”(《法句经》62)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Puttā matthi dhanammatthi, iti bālo vihaññati; Attā hi attano natthi, kuto puttā kuto dhana’’nti. (dha. pa. 62) –
——应当以诸如此类的经句来阐明这个道理。显示巴利原文
Ādīhi suttapadehi dīpetabboti.
《第六 · 孕妇经》的注释显示巴利原文
6. Gabbhinīsuttavaṇṇanā
16 在第六经中,「某位游方者(aññatarassa paribbājakassa)」是指一位有家产的游方者。「年轻(daharā)」指少女。「少女(māṇavikā)」是对婆罗门女儿的称呼。「妻子(pajāpatī)」指妻子。「怀孕者(gabbhinī)」指已有身孕的人。「临盆在即(upavijaññā)」意思是“今天或明天就是预产期”——这是与前后文的关联。据说,这位游方者出身婆罗门种姓,与妻子一同住在苦行林,因此众人都以“游方者”来称呼他们夫妻二人。不过,他的妻子因为自己是婆罗门种姓出身,便用「婆罗门」来称呼他。「油(telaṃ)」指芝麻油。这里以芝麻油为代表,是说他吩咐道:凡是为了缓解产妇分娩之苦所需要的一切东西——酥油、盐等等,统统“拿来”。「那些我妻子分娩时能帮上忙的东西(yaṃ me vijātāya bhavissati)」这句话的意思是:凡是油等物品,能对我那即将出胎的妻子有帮助的。这里也有读作「对游方女(paribbājikāya)」的版本。「从哪儿(kut显示巴利原文
16. Chaṭṭhe aññatarassa paribbājakassāti ekassa kuṭumbikassa paribbājakassa. Daharāti taruṇī. Māṇavikāti brāhmaṇadhītāya vohāro. Pajāpatīti bhariyā. Gabbhinīti āpannasattā. Upavijaññāti ajja suveti paccupaṭṭhitavijāyanakālā hotīti sambandho. So kira brāhmaṇajātiko sabhariyo vādapatthassame ṭhito, tena naṃ sapajāpatikaṃ paribbājakavohārena samudācaranti. Bhariyā panassa brāhmaṇajātikattā brāhmaṇāti ālapati. Telanti tilatelaṃ. Telasīsena cettha yaṃ yaṃ vijātāya pasavadukkhappaṭikāratthaṃ icchitabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ sappiloṇādiṃ āharāti āṇāpeti. Yaṃ me vijātāya bhavissatīti yaṃ telādi mayhaṃ vijātāya bahinikkhantagabbhāya upakārāya bhavissati. ‘‘Paribbājikāyā’’tipi pāṭho. Kutoti kasmā ṭhānā, yato ñātikulā vā mittakulā vā telādiṃ āhareyyaṃ, taṃ ṭhānaṃ me natthīti adhippāyo. Telaṃāharāmīti vattamānasamīpatāya vattamānaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, telaṃ āharissāmīti attho. Samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sappissa vā telassa vāti ca samuccayattho vā-saddo ‘‘aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 286; dī. ni. 2.152; udā. 76) viya. Sappissa vā telassa vāti paccatte sāmivacanaṃ, sappi ca telañca yāvadatthaṃ pātuṃ pivituṃ dīyatīti attho. Apare pana ‘‘sappissa vā telassa vāti avayavasambandhe sāmivacanaṃ. Sappitelasamudāyassa hi avayavo idha yāvadatthasaddena vuccatī’’ti vadanti. No nīharitunti bhājanena vā hatthena vā bahi netuṃ no dīyati, ucchadditvānāti vamitvā, yaṃnūna dadeyyanti sambandho. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi ‘‘ahaṃ rañño koṭṭhāgāraṃ gantvā telaṃ kaṇṭhamattaṃ pivitvā tāvadeva gharaṃ āgantvā ekasmiṃ bhājane yathāpītaṃ vamitvā uddhanaṃ āropetvā pacissāmi, yaṃ pittasemhādimissitaṃ, taṃ agginā jhāyissati, telaṃ pana gahetvā imissā paribbājikāya kamme upanessāmī’’ti.
「向上排(uddhaṃ kātuṃ)」是指通过呕吐的方式从上面排出。而「却没法向下(na pana adho)」是指通过排泄的方式从下面排出,他却做不到。因为他心里打的算盘是:“多喝下去的那些东西,它自己会从嘴里流出来的。”于是他便这样喝了。可是,由于胃里空无一物,无法使其吐出,他又不知道呕吐药与泻药应如何配合使用,或者根本找不到这类药,结果就只能纯粹被痛苦的感受所折磨,在那边翻来覆去。「苦(dukkhāhi)」:指带来痛苦的感受。「剧烈(tibbāhi)」:指粗重或是尖锐的感受。「粗涩(kharāhi)」:就是感觉很粗糙、很干涩。「惨毒(kaṭukāhi)」:是指这些感受极度不可意,因此显得非常酷烈。「辗转(āvaṭṭati)」:是指无法在一个地方安稳地躺着,把自己的身体东拉西扯,来回扭动。「反侧(parivaṭṭati)」:是指虽然躺在一个地方,却把手脚四肢到处甩动、翻转;又或者说,把面朝一个方向地翻来覆去叫「辗转」,整个身体朝四面八方地翻滚叫「反侧」。显示巴利原文
Uddhaṃ kātunti vamanavasena uddhaṃ nīharituṃ. Na pana adhoti viriñcanavasena heṭṭhā nīharituṃ na pana sakkoti. So hi ‘‘adhikaṃ pītaṃ sayameva mukhato niggamissatī’’ti pivitvā āsayassa arittatāya aniggate vamanavirecanayogaṃ ajānanto alabhanto vā kevalaṃ dukkhāhi vedanāhi phuṭṭho āvaṭṭati ca parivaṭṭati ca. Dukkhāhīti dukkhamāhi. Tibbāhīti bahalāhi tikhiṇāhi vā. Kharāhīti kakkhaḷāhi. Kaṭukāhīti ativiya aniṭṭhabhāvena dāruṇāhi. Āvaṭṭatīti ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne anipajjitvā attano sarīraṃ ito cito ākaḍḍhanto āvaṭṭati. Parivaṭṭatīti ekasmiṃ padese nipannopi aṅgapaccaṅgāni parito khipanto vaṭṭati, abhimukhaṃ vā vaṭṭanto āvaṭṭati, samantato vaṭṭanto parivaṭṭati.
「了知此义(etamatthaṃ viditvā)」是指:世尊以一切方式彻底了知了这样的道理——“对于拥有执著物的人,这种不如理受用所带来的痛苦就会生起;而对于无所执著(akiñcana)的人,这种苦就完全不存在”——在这样透彻地了知之后,为了阐明这个义理,才唱出了这首优陀那(感兴偈)。显示巴利原文
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti ‘‘sakiñcanassa appaṭisaṅkhāparibhogahetukā ayaṃ dukkhuppatti, akiñcanassa pana sabbaso ayaṃ natthī’’ti etamatthaṃ sabbākārato jānitvā tadatthappakāsanaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在此,“安乐者们”(sukhino vatā),是指真实安乐、真正的善士。那么,谁是这些人呢?就是那些“无所者”(akiñcanā)。由于他们没有贪等烦恼这类“所有物”(kiñcana),也没有对资具等外在物质的执取占有,因此称为“无所者”。然而,具体是谁没有这些所有物呢?偈颂接着说:“通达智者(vedaguno)之人,即是无所者。”那些已经到达、证悟了名为“圣道智”的“智”(veda),或者藉由此智抵达涅槃的人,便称为“通达智者”。这些圣者,亦即诸漏尽者(khīṇāsava),因为他们内在的贪等一切所有物已被最上乘的圣道彻底断除、无有残余,所以叫作“无所者”。既然贪等内在的所有物已不存在,哪里还会产生对资具等外在物质的执取占有呢?如此,偈颂前半部分是在赞叹阿拉汉,而后半部分为了呵斥盲目的凡夫,才说“请看那有所有物者”(sakiñcanaṃ passā)等。这句话的意思与前一经中所说的相同。因此,这首偈颂同时开示了流转与还灭。显示巴利原文
Tattha sukhino vatāti sukhino vata sappurisā. Ke pana teti? Ye akiñcanā, ye rāgādikiñcanassa pariggahakiñcanassa ca abhāvena akiñcanā, kesaṃ panidaṃ kiñcanaṃ natthīti āha – ‘‘vedaguno hi janā akiñcanā’’ti, ye ariyamaggañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ vedaṃ gatā adhigatā, tena vā vedena nibbānaṃ gatāti vedaguno, te ariyajanā khīṇāsavapuggalā anavasesarāgādikiñcanānaṃ aggamaggena samucchinnattā akiñcanā nāma. Asati hi rāgādikiñcane kuto pariggahakiñcanassa sambhavo. Evaṃ gāthāya purimabhāgena arahante pasaṃsitvā aparabhāgena andhaputhujjane garahanto ‘‘sakiñcanaṃ passā’’tiādimāha. Taṃ purimasutte vuttatthameva. Evaṃ imāyapi gāthāya vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ.
第六经的注疏(chaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā)到此结束。显示巴利原文
Chaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
第七经,独子经的注疏(ekaputtakasuttavaṇṇanā)显示巴利原文
7. Ekaputtakasuttavaṇṇanā
17 在第七经中,“独子”(ekaputtaka)指唯一的儿子。他因值得怜悯而被称作独子;因应当爱惜而被称作“可爱”;因能令心增长而被称作“可意”。或者,从身相庄严的成就而言,依值得观赏的角度,名为“可爱”;从戒行成就、善法具足的层面,名为“可意”。所谓“时”(kāla),意指杀戮众生,故为“死”(maraṇa)。被死神所造、到达死亡,称为“死已”(kālaṅkato);或者说,被时——即死神——所造、毁坏、消失不见,称为“死已”,意思是死了。显示巴利原文
17. Sattame ekaputtakoti eko putto, so ca anukampitabbaṭṭhena ekaputtako, piyāyitabbaṭṭhena piyo, manassa vaḍḍhanaṭṭhena manāpo. Sarīrasobhāsampattiyā vā dassanīyaṭṭhena piyo, sīlācārasampattiyā kalyāṇadhammatāya manāpo. Kaleti satte khepetīti kālo, maraṇaṃ. Taṃ kato pattoti kālaṅkato, kālena vā maccunā kato naṭṭho adassanaṃ gatoti kālaṅkato, matoti attho.
“众多近事男”(sambahulā upāsakā),指的是舍卫城的许多在家男信众。他们因与那位丧子的近事男共怀悲痛,一路跟随至火葬场,办完对遗体应做之事后折返。他们穿着未干的衣服,原样进入水中沐浴,洗净头发,拧干衣物,不等晾干,便穿上一件作为下衣,另一件搭在上身作为郁多罗僧。他们让那位近事男走在前面,心想:“我们要到大师座前去听闻能消除忧伤的法。”于是便一同前往拜见世尊。因此,经文中才有“湿发”(allakesā)等描述。显示巴利原文
Sambahulā upāsakāti sāvatthivāsino bahū upāsakā mataputtaupāsakassa sahasokībhāvena yāva āḷāhanā pacchato gantvā matasarīrassa kattabbaṃ kāretvā paṭinivattā yathānivatthāva udakaṃ otaritvā sīsaṃnhātā vatthāni pīḷetvā anotāpetvāva ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā upāsakaṃ purato katvā ‘‘sokavinodanaṃ dhammaṃ satthu santike sossāmā’’ti bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘allakesā’’tiādi.
其中,“湿衣”(allavatthā)指被水浸湿的衣服。“日间正午”(divā divassā)的意思是:即使在白天,也特指正午时分。因为如来们虽已知晓,仍会提问;虽已知晓,也有不问之时。他们待时机而问,待时机而不问。因此,世尊虽已了知,为发起开示而问道:“诸位近事男,你们这是怎么了?”等等。其含义是:近事男们,往常你们来见我时,总是在傍晚,穿着洁净的干衣而来;今日,你们却湿衣湿发,于正午时分便来到这里,这究竟是何缘故?“我们因此”(tena mayaṃ)的意思是:我们因与儿子别离,心中焦灼,为深重的忧伤所压倒,才成了这般模样前来。显示巴利原文
Tattha allavatthāti udakena tintavatthā. Divā divassāti divasassapi divā, majjhanhike kāleti attho. Yasmā jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti , jānantāpi na pucchanti. Kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, tasmā jānantoyeva bhagavā kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchanto ‘‘kiṃ nu kho tumhe upāsakā’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – tumhe upāsakā aññesu divasesu mama santikaṃ āgacchantā otāpitasuddhavatthā sāyanhe āgacchatha, ajja pana allavatthā allakesā ṭhitamajjhanhike kāle idhāgatā, taṃ kiṃ kāraṇanti. Tena mayanti tena puttaviyogajanitacittasantāpena balavasokābhibhūtatāya evaṃbhūtā mayaṃ idhūpasaṅkamantāti.
“了知此义”(etamatthaṃ viditvā),意思是:忧、苦、忧恼等一切,皆由可爱事物(piyavatthu)所生;若没有可爱事物,这一切便都不复存在。世尊以一切方式透彻了知此义之后,为阐明此义,而发出此优陀那偈。显示巴利原文
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti piyavatthusambhavā sokadukkhadomanassādayo, asati piyavatthusmiṃ sabbaso ete na santīti etamatthaṃ sabbākārato jānitvā tadatthappakāsanaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
其中,“贪著于可爱色的滋味者”(piyarūpassādagadhitāse)一语,是指那些对于色蕴等具有可爱性质的事物,因贪著乐受的滋味而心被系缚的人。这里的“gadhitāse”即是“贪著”的意思;“se”仅为小品词。所谓“可爱色”(piyarūpa),是指眼等诸根,以及儿女、妻子等。正如经中所说:“世间何者是可爱色、乐味色?世间之眼是可爱色、乐味色……乃至……对法的渴爱,是世间的可爱色、乐味色。”(《小部·黑马咖童子问经释义》55)显示巴利原文
Tattha piyarūpassādagadhitāseti piyasabhāvesu rūpakkhandhādīsu sukhavedanassādena gadhitā paṭibaddhacittā. Gadhitāseti hi gadhitāiccevattho. Seti vā nipātamattaṃ. Piyarūpā nāma cakkhādayo puttadārādayo ca. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ cakkhu loke …pe… dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpa’’nti (cūḷani. hemakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 55).
田地、宅地或黄金,牛马、奴婢与仆从;
女人、亲属,以及种种欲乐,若有男子对此贪求不舍。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ vā, gavassaṃ dāsaporisaṃ; Thiyo bandhū puthu kāme, yo naro anugijjhatī’’ti ca. (su. ni. 775);
因此,其义为:对于这些可爱色,由于贪著其中的滋味而贪著、迷恋、沉溺。那么,哪些是贪著可爱色滋味者呢?为指出他们,说「天众与人类等」,即四大王天等众多天众,以及赡部洲等处的众多人类。「有苦者」是指被身心的痛苦所折磨者。「衰损者」是指因衰老、疾病等灾祸,而从青春、健康等成就中退失者。此义应就投生处,于天人及人类中理解。或者,有些天人虽恒时安住于纯一之乐,衰老与疾病之苦不会生起,但因其无法避免的体性,他们也被称为「有苦者」与「衰损者」。又或,对他们而言,由于衰败之相的生起、潜在的衰老以及心之苦故,痛苦等是存在的。他们落入了死王的掌控之中:由于对可爱事物之渴爱未断,于母胎中一再结生,因此,他们确实落入了那被称为死王、具有三界主宰权的死亡之掌控。显示巴利原文
Tasmā tesu piyarūpesu assādena giddhā mucchitā ajjhāpannāti attho. Ke pana te piyarūpassādagadhitāti te dasseti ‘‘devakāyāputhumanussā cā’’ti, cātumahārājikādayo bahudevasamūhā ceva jambudīpakādikā bahumanussā ca. Aghāvinoti kāyikacetasikadukkhena dukkhitā. Parijunnāti jarārogādivipattiyā yobbanārogyādisampattito parihīnā. Yathālābhavasena vāyamattho devamanussesu veditabbo. Atha vā kāmañcekantasukhasamappitānaṃ devānaṃ dukkhajarārogā na sambhavanti, tadanativattasabhāvatāya pana tepi ‘‘aghāvino’’ti ‘‘parijunnā’’ti ca vuttā. Tesampi vā pubbanimittuppattiyā paṭicchannajarāya cetasikarogassa ca vasena dukkhādīnaṃ sambhavo veditabbo. Maccurājassa vasaṃ gacchantīti piyavatthuvisayāya taṇhāya appahīnattā punappunaṃ gabbhūpagamanato dhātuttayissaratāya maccurājasaṅkhātassa maraṇassa vasaṃ hatthameva gacchanti.
至此开示了流转。今从“ye ve divā”等句开始,显示还灭。其中“ye ve divā ca ratto ca appamattā”的意思是:如同“他昼夜以经行、宴坐,从障碍法中净化自心”等所说的方法,那些于昼夜间坚住不放逸、圆满修习不放逸道者。“Jahanti piyarūpaṃ”:他们策励于四圣谛业处,以证得圣道而断除对眼等可爱事物及与其相关的欲贪,由此舍弃可爱色。“Te ve khaṇanti aghamūlaṃ, maccuno āmisaṃ durativattaṃ”:那些圣者以圣道智为锄,掘起那苦之流转的根本——死亡的诱饵;它因触及死亡而称为诱饵,又因任何外道沙门、婆罗门都无力使之回转,故称难超越;那正是与无明共存的渴爱。他们将其连根拔除,不留丝毫残余。此义如下文所说:显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā idāni ‘‘ye ve divā’’tiādinā vivaṭṭaṃ dasseti. Tattha ye ve divā ca ratto ca appamattāti ‘‘divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetī’’tiādinā vuttanayena divasabhāge rattibhāge ca daḷhaṃ appamattā appamādappaṭipadaṃ pūrenti. Jahanti piyarūpanti catusaccakammaṭṭhānabhāvanaṃ ussukkāpetvā ariyamaggādhigamena piyarūpaṃ piyajātikaṃ cakkhādipiyavatthuṃ tappaṭibaddhachandarāgajahanena jahanti. Te ve khaṇanti aghamūlaṃ, maccuno āmisaṃ durativattanti te ariyapuggalā aghassa vaṭṭadukkhassa mūlabhūtaṃ, maccunā maraṇena āmasitabbato āmisaṃ, ito bahiddhā kehicipi samaṇabrāhmaṇehi nivattituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya durativattaṃ, saha avijjāya taṇhaṃ ariyamaggañāṇakudālena khaṇanti, lesamattampi anavasesantā ummūlayantīti. Svāyamattho –
“不放逸为不死道,放逸为死道;”
“不放逸者不死,放逸者犹如已死。”(《法句经》21)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Appamādo amatapadaṃ, pamādo maccuno padaṃ; Appamattā na mīyanti, ye pamattā yathā matā’’ti. (dha. pa. 21) –
应当以“不放逸是不死之道”等为首的经句,详细加以解说。显示巴利原文
Ādīhi suttapadehi vitthāretabboti.
《苏波瓦萨经》的注释显示巴利原文
8. Suppavāsāsuttavaṇṇanā
18 第八经中,“军第迦”指的是拘利族的一座名为军第迦的城市。而“军陀达那林”则指该城附近称为军陀达那的树林。显示巴利原文
18. Aṭṭhame kuṇḍikāyanti evaṃnāmake koliyānaṃ nagare. Kuṇḍadhānavaneti tassa nagarassa avidūre kuṇḍadhānasaṅkhāte vane.
传说过去有一位名叫贡达的夜叉住在那片树林里,他以混合了贡达那的供祭而满足,于是人们就在那里向他献供,由此那片树林便被称为“贡达那林”。距离那里不远处,曾有一位村妇,她因依止于那夜叉的领地并受其护佑,而被唤作“贡迪加”。后来拘利族王在那里兴建了城市,那座城也沿用了旧名,仍叫贡迪加。而在这片树林中,拘利族王为世尊和比丘僧团建造了一座寺院,该寺院也一直被称为“贡达那林”。后来世尊游化各地,渐次来到那座寺院,便在那里住下。因此经文说:“一时,世尊住在贡迪加,在贡达那林中。”显示巴利原文
Pubbe kira kuṇḍo nāma eko yakkho tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vāsaṃ kappesi, kuṇḍadhānamissakena ca balikammena tussatīti tassa tathā tattha baliṃ upaharanti, tenetaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ kuṇḍadhānavanantveva paññāyittha. Tassa avidūre ekā gāmapatikā ahosi, sāpi tassa yakkhassa āṇāpavattiṭṭhāne niviṭṭhattā teneva paripālitattā kuṇḍikāti voharīyittha . Aparabhāge tattha koliyarājāno nagaraṃ kāresuṃ, tampi purimavohārena kuṇḍikātveva vuccati. Tasmiñca vanasaṇḍe koliyarājāno bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca vasanatthāya vihāraṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ, tampi kuṇḍadhānavanantveva paññāyittha. Atha bhagavā janapadacārikaṃ caranto anukkamena taṃ vihāraṃ patvā tattha vihāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kuṇḍikāyaṃ viharati kuṇḍadhānavane’’ti.
「苏波瓦萨」是那位优婆夷的名字。「拘利之女」指拘利族王的女儿。她实为世尊最上首的近事女,在奉献精妙饮食的女弟子中,被世尊列为第一,是一位证得入流果的圣弟子。凡是适合世尊的嚼食、啖食或药,都不需他人操办,全由她自己以智慧抉择后恭敬备办而供养。她每天还供养八百份僧众食与别请食。任何比丘或比丘尼来她家乞食,绝不会空手而返。她正是这样一位慷慨、亲手布施、乐于舍弃、应乞相应、喜好施与分享的人。在她腹中,有一位曾在诸佛处积集善行、于最后生将证声闻菩提的菩萨结生入胎。由于某恶业,她怀胎七年,且遭受七日胎位错乱之苦。因此经文说:“怀胎七年,七日胎位错乱。”显示巴利原文
Suppavāsāti tassā upāsikāya nāmaṃ. Koliyadhītāti koliyarājaputtī. Sā hi bhagavato aggupaṭṭhāyikā paṇītadāyikānaṃ sāvikānaṃ etadagge ṭhapitā sotāpannā ariyasāvikā. Yañhi kiñci bhagavato yuttarūpaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ bhesajjaṃ vā na tattha aññāhi saṃvidhātabbaṃ atthi, sabbaṃ taṃ sayameva attano paññāya vicāretvā sakkaccaṃ sampādetvā upaneti. Devasikañca aṭṭhasataṃ saṅghabhattapāṭipuggalikabhattāni deti. Yo koci bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā taṃ kulaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho rittahattho na gacchati. Evaṃ muttacāgā payatapāṇī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā. Assā kucchiyaṃ purimabuddhesu katādhikāro pacchimabhaviko sāvakabodhisatto paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Sā taṃ gabbhaṃ kenacideva pāpakammena satta vassāni kucchinā parihari, sattāhañca mūḷhagabbhā ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāreti sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā’’ti.
「七年」指七个整年,此处为表达时间相续的受格。「怀胎」意为承担胎儿,即处于怀孕状态。「七日胎位错乱」指七日之内胎儿位置混乱。通常胎儿若足月成熟,于临产时会被业生风摇动翻转,变成头向下、脚向上,面向产道口,如此便能无碍娩出。若出现异常,则因翻转不顺而被堵在产道,横卧其内;或产道自行闭合。胎儿在此被动受业生风反复翻搅,陷入混乱,便称为“胎位错乱”。她当时正处于这样的状态历经七日,故说“七日胎位错乱”。显示巴利原文
Tattha satta vassānīti satta saṃvaccharāni, accantasaṃyoge ca idaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Gabbhaṃ dhāretīti gabbhaṃ vahati, gabbhinī hotīti attho. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhāti satta ahāni byākulagabbhā. Gabbho hi paripakko sampajjamāno vijāyanakāle kammajavātehi sañcāletvā parivattito uddhaṃpādo adhosiro hutvā yonimukhābhimukho hoti, evaṃ so katthaci alaggo bahi nikkhamati. Vipajjamāno pana viparivattanavasena yonimaggaṃ pidahitvā tiriyaṃ nipajjati, sayameva vā yonimaggo pidahati, so tattha kammajavātehi aparāparaṃ parivattamāno byākulo mūḷhagabbhoti vuccati. Tassāpi satta divase evaṃ ahosi, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā’’ti.
这位胎儿就是尸婆利长老。为何他会遭受七年住胎之苦与七日胎位错乱之苦,而他那位已是入流圣者的母亲也同样承受如此痛苦呢?答言:过去,有一位迦尸王在波罗奈治理国家时,一位憍萨罗王率领大军前来,夺取波罗奈城,杀了那位国王,并把他的正宫王后立为自己的王后。那波罗奈王的王子在父亲被杀时,从秘道逃出,招集亲族、朋友与部属,渐次积聚力量,来到波罗奈附近扎下大营,送信给那位国王说:“要么交出王位,要么交战。”王子的母亲听到消息,便派人送信教导儿子:“无需交战,你只要截断四方通道,将波罗奈城包围起来;待到城内百姓因柴薪、水和食物耗尽而困窘,不用动武,他们自会将国王绑来献给你。”王子听从母亲之言,把守四座大城门,将都城整整围困了七年;城内居民则从小门出入,得以搬运薪柴、取水,并料理各项事务。显示巴利原文
Ayañca gabbho sīvalitthero. Tassa kathaṃ satta vassāni gabbhavāsadukkhaṃ, sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhabhāvappatti, mātu cassāpi sotāpannāya ariyasāvikāya tathā dukkhānubhavanaṃ jātanti? Vuccate – atīte kāsikarāje bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kārente eko kosalarājā mahantena balenāgantvā bārāṇasiṃ gahetvā taṃ rājānaṃ māretvā tassa aggamahesiṃ attano aggamahesiṃ akāsi. Bārāṇasirañño pana putto pitu maraṇakāle niddhamanadvārena palāyitvā attano ñātimittabandhave ekajjhaṃ katvā anukkamena balaṃ saṃharitvā bārāṇasiṃ āgantvā avidūre mahantaṃ khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā tassa rañño paṇṇaṃ pesesi ‘‘rajjaṃ vā detu, yuddhaṃ vā’’ti . Rājakumārassa mātā sāsanaṃ sutvā ‘‘yuddhena kammaṃ natthi, sabbadisāsu sañcāraṃ pacchinditvā bārāṇasinagaraṃ parivāretu, tato dārūdakabhattaparikkhayena kilantā nagare manussā vināva yuddhena rājānaṃ gahetvā dassantī’’ti paṇṇaṃ pesesi. So mātu sāsanaṃ sutvā cattāri mahādvārāni rakkhanto satta vassāni nagaraṃ uparundhi, nagare manussā cūḷadvārena nikkhamitvā dārūdakāni āharanti, sabbakiccāni karonti.
后来,王子的母亲得知此事,心想:“我的儿子愚钝,不懂策略。去告诉他,把小门也堵上,彻底围住城池。”便暗中派人向儿子传达了密令。王子依言照办,围困了七天。城中居民无法外出,在第七天便取了那位国王的首级,献给王子。王子入城,登上王位。由于七年围城的业报余势,他在这一世住于名为母胎的血瓮中长达七年;而剩余七天围城之业,则导致他七日胎位错乱。然而,在《本生注》中则说:“因七日围城夺取王位之业,他在血瓮中住了七年,又遭七日胎位错乱。”他曾在莲华上佛足下广行大施,发愿“愿我成为得利者中的最上者”;又在毗婆尸世尊时,与城中人一同供养了价值千金的糖酪,并发了愿。由此愿力,他成为得利者中的最上者。苏波瓦萨则因派出“包围夺取城邑”的信使,导致怀胎七年且七日胎位错乱。如此,母子二人承受了与各自业行相应的这等痛苦。显示巴利原文
Atha rājakumārassa mātā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘bālo mama putto upāyaṃ na jānāti, gacchatha, assa cūḷadvārāni pidhāya nagaraṃ uparundhatūti vadethā’’ti puttassa gūḷhasāsanaṃ pahiṇi. So mātu sāsanaṃ sutvā satta divase tathā akāsi. Nāgarā bahi nikkhamituṃ alabhantā sattame divase tassa rañño sīsaṃ gahetvā kumārassa adaṃsu. Kumāro nagaraṃ pavisitvā rajjaṃ aggahesi. So tadā satta vassāni nagararundhanakammanissandena etarahi satta vassāni mātukucchisaṅkhātāya lohitakumbhiyā vasi, avasesato pana sattāhaṃ nagarūparundhanena sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhabhāvaṃ āpajji. Jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘satta divasāni nagaraṃ rundhitvā gahitakammanissandena sattavassāni lohitakumbhiyaṃ vasitvā sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhabhāvaṃ āpajjī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ pana so padumuttarasammāsambuddhapādamūle ‘‘lābhīnaṃ aggo bhaveyya’’nti mahādānaṃ datvā patthanaṃ akāsi, yañca vipassissa bhagavato kāle nāgarehi saddhiṃ sahassagghanikaṃ guḷadadhiṃ datvā patthanaṃ akāsi, tassānubhāvena lābhīnaṃ aggo jāto. Suppavāsāpi ‘‘nagaraṃ rundhitvā gaṇha, tātā’’ti pesitabhāvena satta vassāni kucchinā gabbhaṃ pariharitvā sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhājātā . Evaṃ te mātāputtā attano kammassa anurūpaṃ īdisaṃ dukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvediṃsu.
“以三种思惟”,是指与随念三宝功德相应的三种正思惟;她以此“忍受”胎位错乱所生起的痛苦。她随念世尊是正自觉者、圣僧伽的善妙行道、以及涅槃的出离诸苦,通过不去注意正在生起的痛苦而将其制伏并忍受。因此,经文说:“以三种思惟而忍受”。显示巴利原文
Tīhivitakkehīti ratanattayaguṇānussatipaṭisaṃyuttehi tīhi sammāvitakkehi. Adhivāsetīti mūḷhagabbhatāya uppannadukkhaṃ sahati. Sā hi bhagavato sambuddhabhāvaṃ, ariyasaṅghassa suppaṭipattiṃ, nibbānassa ca dukkhanissaraṇabhāvaṃ anussarantī attano uppajjamānadukkhaṃ amanasikaraṇeneva abhibhavitvā khamati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tīhi vitakkehi adhivāsetī’’ti.
“正自觉者,确然……”等,是展现那些思惟行相的文句。其含义为:那位以吉祥等功德为因,堪称世尊、世间怙主者,确实已无颠倒地、亲自觉悟一切法,啊,真是觉者!这位世尊,为了断除像我现在所感受的,以及其他一切此类轮回之苦,令其永不再生而彻底灭尽,故而说法,宣说无颠倒之法。正因为宣说无颠倒之法,导师得以成就正自觉。在具足如上所赞功德的世尊座下,由听闻法而生起,由戒与见和合共住的、被称为“声闻僧团”的八辈圣众之集会,确实是善行道,确然是善行道!这圣僧团为了断除像这样的轮回之苦、令其永断不生,实践着不退转之道。啊,彻底远离一切有为的涅槃,确实善妙安隐,确然极乐!于此涅槃中,不再有像这样的轮回之苦。在这里,“正在行道者”也称为“已行道者”,因为其行道已不退转。或者,如同“已生起”一词,“已行道”也能表达现在的意思。所以经中说“为证入流果而正在行道”。显示巴利原文
Sammāsambuddho vatātiādi tesaṃ vitakkānaṃ pavattiākāradassanaṃ. Tassattho – yo bhagyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā lokanātho sammā aviparītaṃ sāmaṃ sayameva sabbadhamme aho vata buddho, so bhagavā evarūpassa etarahi mayā anubhaviyamānassa aññassa ca evaṃjātikassa sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa pahānāya accantaṃ anuppādanirodhāya dhammaṃ katheti, aviparītadhammaṃ katheti. Aviparītadhammadesanatāya hi satthu sammāsambodhisiddhi. Tassa yathāvuttaguṇassa bhagavato dhammassavanante jātattā sīladiṭṭhisāmaññena saṃhatattā ca sāvakasaṅghoti laddhanāmo aṭṭhaariyapuggalasamūho suppaṭipanno vata aho vata sammā paṭipanno, yo ariyasaṅgho evarūpassa īdisassa vaṭṭadukkhassa pahānāya anuppādanirodhāya anivattipaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno. Susukhaṃ vata aho vata suṭṭhu sukhaṃ sabbasaṅkhatanissaṭaṃ nibbānaṃ, yasmiṃ nibbāne īdisaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ na upalabbhatīti. Ettha ca paṭipajjamānāpi paṭipannā icceva vuttā paṭipattiyā anivattibhāvato. Atha vā uppannasaddo viya paṭipannasaddo vattamānatthopi veditabbo. Tenevāha ‘‘sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno’’ti.
「她的丈夫」指她自己的主人,即拘利族王子。「唤他」意为告诉他。‘以我的名义,用你的头去顶礼世尊的双足’——意思是:以我的话语,用你的头顶礼那饰有轮相、如绽放莲花般庄严的世尊双足,行此最上的身礼。在「少病」等词中,「病」指与平常不同的感受,这种感受即便只从一处生起,却如同铁板缠身一般,执持整个身体。「恼」指会引发苦患的疾病。又或者,需要加以护理照料的病称为‘恼’,此外的称为‘病’;再或是,小病为‘恼’,大病为‘病’。另有些人说:‘从内而起的为病,从外而感的为恼。’她借此询问这两种情形的不存在。而由于患病的人起身确实沉重,身体没有力,所以她通过无病时的轻快——身体轻捷地起身及身体的力气——来问讯。并借由「轻安住」一词,询问在行、立、坐、卧这四种威仪中的安乐住。接着,她向她丈夫说明了应当如此问讯的方式:‘苏波瓦萨,尊者……’等。又教导应这样陈述:‘她这样说……’显示巴利原文
Sāmikanti attano patiṃ koliyarājaputtaṃ. Āmantesīti abhāsi. Mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhīti mayhaṃ vacanena cakkalakkhaṇappaṭimaṇḍitāni vikasitapadumasassirīkāni bhagavato caraṇāni tava sirasā vandāhi, uttamaṅgena abhivādanaṃ karohīti attho. Appābādhantiādīsu ābādhoti visabhāgavedanā vuccati, yā ekadese uppajjitvāpi sakalasarīraṃ ayapaṭṭena ābandhitvā viya gaṇhati. Ātaṅkoti kicchajīvitakaro rogo. Atha vā yāpetabbarogo ātaṅko, itaro ābādho. Khuddako vā rogo ātaṅko, balavā ābādho. Keci pana ‘‘ajjhattasamuṭṭhāno ābādho, bahiddhāsamuṭṭhāno ātaṅko’’ti vadanti. Tadubhayassāpi abhāvaṃ pucchāti vadati. Gilānasseva ca uṭṭhānaṃ nāma garukaṃ hoti, kāye balaṃ na hoti, tasmā niggelaññatāya lahuparivattisaṅkhātaṃ kāyassa lahuṭṭhānaṃ sarīrabalañca pucchāti vadati. Phāsuvihāranti ṭhānanisinnagamanasayanasaṅkhātesu catūsu iriyāpathesu sukhavihārañca pucchāti vadati. Athassa pucchitabbākāraṃ dassentī ‘‘suppavāsā, bhante’’tiādimāha. Evañca vadehīti idāni vattabbākāraṃ nidasseti.
「好」是接受话语的表示,由此显示:‘很好,贤善女,就依你所说的而行。’拘利族王子就是苏波瓦萨的丈夫。他说「愿她快乐」:身为含天世间中的最上应供者,导师接受了苏波瓦萨遥寄的礼敬后,随即显示佛陀常行的祝福——施加那含摄于慈心住中的安乐。他先以总括的方式开示,接着为了显示她与儿子因胎难而生的痛苦已被遮止,便开示安乐,而说:‘愿她快乐……乃至……无病,愿她诞下无病之子。’显示巴利原文
Paramanti vacanasampaṭicchanaṃ. Tena sādhu, bhadde, yathā vuttaṃ, tathā paṭipajjāmīti dasseti. Koliyaputtoti suppavāsāya sāmiko koliyarājaputto. Sukhinī hotūti sadevake loke aggadakkhiṇeyyo satthā suppavāsāya pesitavandanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā tadanantaraṃ attano mettāvihārasaṃsūcakaṃ buddhāciṇṇaṃ sukhūpasaṃhāraṃ tassā sāmaññato pakāsetvā puna tassā puttassa ca gabbhavipattimūlakadukkhuppattipaṭikkhepamukhena sukhūpasaṃhāraṃ nidassento ‘‘sukhinī…pe… arogā, arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyatū’’ti āha.
「与语同时」(Sahavacanā)指与世尊的话语同时。就在世尊那样说的时刻,彼业便达到灭尽。导师观察到它已灭尽的情况,所以如此宣说。然而另一些人说:如果导师不曾这样宣说,她在那之后还会受那种苦一些时日。但因为世尊说了‘愿她快乐、无病,并诞下无病之子’,就在与那句话同一刹那,胎儿便舍离了错乱状态,安稳地娩出体外。就这样,那母子二人得到了平安。因为佛陀的威神力是不可思议的。正如波吒左罗因爱别离所生的悲痛而陷入狂乱——显示巴利原文
Sahavacanāti bhagavato vacanena saheva. Yasmiṃ kāle bhagavā tathā avoca, tasmiṃyeva kāle tampi kammaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Tassa parikkhīṇabhāvaṃ oloketvā satthā tathā abhāsi. Apare pana vadanti – sace tathā satthā nācikkhissā, tato parampi kiñci kālaṃ tassā taṃ dukkhaṃ anubandhissā. Yasmā pana bhagavatā ‘‘sukhinī arogā arogañca puttaṃ vijāyatū’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā tassa vacanasamakālameva so gabbho byākulabhāvaṃ vijahitvā sukheneva bahi nikkhami, evaṃ tesaṃ mātāputtānaṃ sotthi ahosi. Acinteyyo hi buddhānaṃ buddhānubhāvo. Yathā hi paṭācārāya piyavippayogasambhūtena sokena ummādaṃ patvā –
‘两个儿子都已死了,途中我的丈夫也死了;’(Ubho puttā kālakatā, panthe mayhaṃ patī mato;)
‘母亲、父亲和兄弟,都在同一堆火葬堆上焚烧。’(Mātā pitā ca bhātā ca, ekacitakamhi jhāyare.)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ubho puttā kālakatā, panthe mayhaṃ patī mato; Mātā pitā ca bhātā ca, ekacitakamhi jhāyare’’ti. (apa. therī 2.2.498) –
说完此语,她犹如纯金所成般行走着。世尊对她说道:“姊妹,你当提起正念!”话音才落,她的狂乱便止息了。同样,优婆夷须毗耶自己割开大腿所生的大疮久久不愈,卧于床褥;当她说“来礼拜我”之后,疮口随即平复,她便自行起身前去礼敬世尊。诸如此类的事例,都应在此处引述。显示巴利原文
Vatvā jātarūpeneva carantiyā ‘‘satiṃ paṭilabhāhi bhaginī’’ti bhagavato vacanasamanantarameva ummādo vūpasami, tathā suppiyāpi upāsikā attanāva attano ūruyaṃ katena mahāvaṇena vuṭṭhātuṃ asakkontī sayanapiṭṭhe nipannā ‘‘āgantvā maṃ vandatū’’ti vacanasamanantarameva vaṇe pākatike jāte sayameva gantvā bhagavantaṃ vandīti evamādīni vatthūni idha udāharitabbānīti.
“正是如此,尊者!”(Evaṃ, bhante)意思是:正如世尊祝愿有子的母亲无病时所说“愿她快乐、无病,生下无病之子”,也正是如此。因为诸佛世尊的话语绝无变异,这便是其意旨所在。然而,有些人说“当如是”,另一些人则将“愿成”(hotu)一词的含义引入来解释。“随喜”(Abhinanditvā):当世尊以宛如迦陵频伽鸟鸣般优美的梵音宣说时,从那些话语中获得喜悦与欢喜,便以趋向的方式而欢喜。“赞随”(Anumoditvā):随后又生起随顺的欢悦,或者以心随喜、以语赞随,或者对于言辞的成就随喜、对于义理的成就赞随。“回到了自己的家”(Sakaṃ gharaṃ paccāyāsi):即回到自己的家。不过,对于读作“由何路回自己的家”(yena sakaṃ gharaṃ)的那些人,虽然通过关系代词“ya”与“ta”的关联,已经包含了“由此”(tena)的意义,但仍应补入“回去之后”这一省略的文句来理解。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ, bhanteti, bhante, yathā bhagavā saputtāya mātuyā arogabhāvaṃ āsīsanto āha – ‘‘sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyatū’’ti, taṃ evameva. Na hi kadāci buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ vacanassa aññathābhāvoti adhippāyo. Keci pana ‘‘evamatthū’’ti vadanti, apare ‘‘hotū’’ti padassa atthaṃ ānetvā vaṇṇayanti. Abhinanditvāti karavīkarutamañjunā brahmassarena bhagavatā vuccamāne tasmiṃ vacane pītisomanassapaṭilābhato abhimukhabhāvena nanditvā. Anumoditvāti tato pacchāpi sammodanaṃ uppādetvā, cittena vā abhinanditvā vācāya anumoditvā, vacanasampattiyā vā abhinanditvā atthasampattiyā anumoditvā. Sakaṃ gharaṃ paccāyāsīti attano gharaṃ paṭigacchi. Ye pana ‘‘yena sakaṃ ghara’’nti paṭhanti, tesaṃ yadipi ya-ta-saddānaṃ sambandhabhāvato ‘‘tenā’’ti padaṃ vuttameva hoti, tathāpi ‘‘paṭiyāyitvā’’ti pāṭhaseso yojetabbo hoti.
“已生”指已经出生、产出,也就是“已经出生”的意思。“稀有”:如同盲人登山,并非恒常发生之事,故称为稀有,这是就音韵理趣而言。但注疏中说:“值得弹指称叹者为稀有”,意为值得令人弹指称奇。“啊”表示惊叹,“啊,真是稀有!”即此意。“尊姐”是对正法的称呼。“未曾有之事发生”即指先前未曾发生的事发生了。显示巴利原文
Vijātanti pajātaṃ, pasutanti attho. Acchariyanti andhassa pabbatārohanaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ, ayaṃ tāva saddanayo. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘accharāyoggaṃ acchariya’’nti vuttaṃ , accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Vatāti sambhāvane, aho acchariyanti attho. Bhoti dhammālapanaṃ. Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūtanti abbhutaṃ.
“如来”:世尊以八种理由被称为如来——如同过去诸佛那样而来,故称如来;如同过去诸佛那样而去,故称如来;如实通达一切法的特相而前来,故称如来;对于真实法如实地彻底觉悟,故称如来;具足如实见,故称如来;具足如实说,故称如来;具足如实行,故称如来;在超越一切世间的意义上,故称如来。显示巴利原文
Tathāgatassāti aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato – tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathavāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato, abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
为何说世尊是“如同过去诸佛那样而来”的如来呢?过去正自觉者们为饶益一切世间而发起精勤,如是而来。这是指什么呢?诸世尊凭借何等誓愿而来,我们的世尊也同样具足那八种功德而来。正如诸世尊圆满了布施巴拉密、持戒巴拉密、出离巴拉密、智慧巴拉密、精进巴拉密、忍耐巴拉密、真实巴拉密、决意波罗蜜、慈爱巴拉密、舍巴拉密——这十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟波罗蜜,总计圆满三十种波罗蜜;行持五种大舍弃;圆满了宿世修行、宿世行持、说法开示、知众生根性等行,达至智慧行的究竟而来,同样地,我们的世尊也如是而来。又如诸世尊修习、多修习四念处……乃至圣八支道而来,同样地,我们的世尊也如是而来。因此,“如同过去诸佛那样而来”,故称为如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā tathā āgatoti tathāgato? Yathā sabbalokahitāya ussukkamāpannā purimakā sammāsambuddhā āgatāti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yena abhinīhārena te bhagavanto āgatā, tena aṭṭhaguṇasamannāgatena ayampi bhagavā āgato. Yathā ca te bhagavanto dānapāramiṃ pūretvā sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettāupekkhāpāramīti imā dasa pāramiyo, dasa upapāramiyo, dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā pubbayogapubbacariyadhammakkhānañātatthacariyādayo pūretvā buddhicariyāya koṭiṃ patvā āgatā, tathā ayampi bhagavā āgato. Yathā ca te bhagavanto cattāro satipaṭṭhāne…pe… ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvetvā brūhetvā āgatā, tathā ayampi bhagavā āgato. Evaṃ tathā āgatoti tathāgato.
为何又是“如同过去诸佛那样而去”的如来呢?正如诸世尊刚降生时,双足平稳踏于大地,面朝北方,以七步相续而行,在白伞被擎举之时,遍观十方,发出狮子吼,向世间宣告自身为最上最胜者;且他们那种行走,因为是未来众多殊胜成就的前兆,所以是真实的、不虚妄的;同样地,我们的世尊也如是而行,且他的那种行走,也同样作为未来他们殊胜成就的前兆,故真实不虚。因此,“如同过去诸佛那样而去”,故称为如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yathā sampatijātā te bhagavanto samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya uttarābhimukhā sattapadavītihārena gatā, setacchatte dhāriyamāne sabbāva disā anuvilokesuṃ, āsabhiñca vācaṃ bhāsiṃsu loke attano jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ pakāsentā, tañca nesaṃ gamanaṃ tathaṃ ahosi avitathaṃ anekesaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ pubbanimittabhāvena, tathā ayampi bhagavā gato, tañcassa gamanaṃ kathaṃ ahosi avitathaṃ tesaññeva visesādhigamānaṃ pubbanimittabhāvena. Evaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato.
又或者,如同诸世尊以出离而断除欲贪、以无嗔而断除嗔恚、以光明想而断除昏沉睡眠、以不散乱而断除掉举追悔、以法决定而断除疑、以智而摧破无明、以喜悦而遣除不乐,依八等至、十八大观与四圣道,断除种种对立之法而行;同样地,我们的世尊亦如是而行。如此,这也是‘如此而去’的如来。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā te bhagavanto nekkhammena kāmacchandaṃ pahāya gatā, abyāpādena byāpādaṃ, ālokasaññāya thinamiddhaṃ, avikkhepena uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, dhammavavatthānena vicikicchaṃ pahāya gatā, ñāṇena avijjaṃ padāletvā, pāmojjena aratiṃ vinodetvā, aṭṭhasamāpattīhi aṭṭhārasahi mahāvipassanāhi catūhi ca ariyamaggehi taṃ taṃ paṭipakkhaṃ pahāya gatā, evaṃ ayampi bhagavā gato. Evampi tathā gatoti tathāgato.
如何是‘如实通达特相’而来的如来?地界有硬的特相,水界有流动的特相,火界有暖的特相,风界有支持的特相,虚空界有不触的特相,色有变坏的特相,受有觉受的特相,想有认知的特相,行有造作的特相,识有识知的特相。如此,于五蕴、十二处、十八界、二十二根、四谛、十二支缘起、四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道、七清净、入不死涅槃——这些法各自本具的自性、作用与特相,皆是真真实实、不虚妄、无异样的特相。世尊以智行如实通达,无有差错地到达、证得、获取了这些特相,故称为如来。因此,‘如实通达特相而来’,故称如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato? Pathavīdhātuyā kakkhaḷalakkhaṇaṃ, āpodhātuyā paggharaṇalakkhaṇaṃ, tejodhātuyā uṇhattalakkhaṇaṃ, vāyodhātuyā vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ, ākāsadhātuyā asamphuṭṭhalakkhaṇaṃ, rūpassa ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ, vedanāya vedayitalakkhaṇaṃ, saññāya sañjānanalakkhaṇaṃ, saṅkhārānaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇaṃ, viññāṇassa vijānanalakkhaṇanti evaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ, dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ, aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ, bāvīsatiyā indriyānaṃ, catunnaṃ saccānaṃ, dvādasapadikassa paccayākārassa, catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ, catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ, catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ, pañcannaṃ balānaṃ, sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ, ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa, sattannaṃ visuddhīnaṃ, amatogadhassa nibbānassāti evaṃ tassa tassa dhammassa yaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ anaññathaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ ñāṇagatiyā āgato avirajjhitvā patto adhigatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato.
如何是‘如实觉悟真实法’的如来?真实法,就是四圣谛。正如经中所说:‘诸比丘,有此四种真实、不虚妄、不异样的法。是哪四种?“此是苦”,诸比丘,这是真实的、不虚妄的、不异样的’等等,广如所述(《相应部》5.1090)。世尊已经觉悟了这些真实法,因此,由于觉悟了真实法,故称如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato? Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Katamāni cattāri? Idaṃ dukkhanti, bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Tāni ca bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmā tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā tathāgato.
再者,老死以生为缘而生起、集起之义,是真实的、不虚妄的、不异样的……乃至……诸行以无明为缘而生起、集起之义,是真实的、不虚妄的、不异样的;同样,无明对于诸行的缘之义……乃至……生对于老死的缘之义,是真实的、不虚妄的、不异样的。这一切,世尊都已彻底觉悟。因此,也由于觉悟了这些真实法,故称如来。在此,‘逝’即是觉悟之义。因此,‘如实觉悟真实法’,故称如来。显示巴利原文
Apica jarāmaraṇassa jātipaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho tatho avitatho anaññatho…pe… saṅkhārānaṃ avijjāpaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho tatho avitatho anaññatho, tathā avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayaṭṭho…pe... jātiyā jarāmaraṇassa paccayaṭṭho tatho avitatho anaññatho, taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmāpi tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā tathāgato. Abhisambuddhattho hi ettha gatasaddoti. Evaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato.
如何因“如实见”而称“如来”?在含天……乃至含天、人的世间,无量世界中无量众生的眼门所现起、名为色所缘者,世尊以一切方式了知、看见。当他如此了知、看见时,便从可意或不可意等角度,或依据见、闻、觉、识中所获的文句——例如“什么是那个色?色处,即依于四大种而有之色,有形色、可见、有对,青的、黄的……”(《法集论》616)等,以多种名称、十三回、五十二种理路加以分别。这一切都完全是真实的,没有虚妄。对于在耳门等现起的声等,道理也是如此。世尊曾这样说过——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato? Yaṃ sadevake…pe… sadevamanussāya pajāya aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ cakkhudvāre āpāthamāgacchantaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ nāma atthi, taṃ bhagavā sabbākārato jānāti passati. Evaṃ jānatā passatā ca tena taṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhādivasena vā diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu labbhamānakapadavasena vā ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ , yaṃ rūpaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya vaṇṇanibhā sanidassanaṃ sappaṭighaṃ nīlaṃ pītaka’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 616) nayena anekehi nāmehi terasahi vārehi dvipaññāsāya nayehi vibhajjamānaṃ tathameva hoti, vitathaṃ natthi. Esa nayo sotadvārādīsu āpāthamāgacchantesu saddādīsu. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,于含天……乃至含天、人的世间,所见、所闻、所觉、所识、所得、所求、以心伺察者,我皆了知,我皆完全证知;此如来已了知,而如来不执取。”(《增支部》4.24)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yaṃ , bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa…pe… sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tamahaṃ jānāmi, tamahaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, taṃ tathāgatassa viditaṃ, taṃ tathāgato na upaṭṭhāsī’’ti (a. ni. 4.24).
如是,由“如实见”故称如来。于此,“如来”一词应知即依如实见之义而成立。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato . Tattha tathadassīatthe tathāgatoti padasambhavo veditabbo.
如何因‘如实语’而称为如来?从世尊证悟无上正自觉的那一夜,到入无余涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜,在这中间四十五年的时间里,世尊所说、所讲的一切——修多罗、祇夜等,全部都是清净、圆满、能烧尽贪慢等烦恼,始终如一、真实不虚的。因此这样说——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato? Yaṃ rattiṃ bhagavā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassaparimāṇakālaṃ yaṃ bhagavatā bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ suttageyyādi, sabbaṃ taṃ parisuddhaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ rāgamadādinimmathanaṃ ekasadisaṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ. Tenāha –
“纯陀,如来从证悟无上正自觉的那一夜,到入无余涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜,这中间所说、所讲、所开示的一切,全部都是真实的,绝无变异,因此称为‘如来’。”(《长部》3.188)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.188).
此处‘往’(gata)一词,意为‘说’(gada)。因此,因如实说而称为如来。显示巴利原文
Gadaattho ettha gatasaddo. Evaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato.
再者,‘说’(āgadana)即是‘言语’(āgada),意为所说的话。所说真实、不虚妄、不颠倒,即是‘语’(āgado)。将d音转为t音,便成‘如来’(tathāgato)。在此,应如此理解此词的构词方式。显示巴利原文
Apica āgadanaṃ āgado, vacananti attho. Tatho avitatho aviparīto āgado assāti dakārassa takāraṃ katvā tathāgatoti evamettha padasiddhi veditabbā.
如何因‘如实行’而称‘如来’?因世尊之语随顺于身,身亦随顺于语,故他如何说,便如何行;如何行,便如何说。于如此成就者,其语如是,其身亦如是而去、如是而行,此为词义。同样,其身如是,其语亦如是而去、如是而行,故称‘如来’。是故有言——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato? Bhagavato hi vācāya kāyo anulometi, kāyassapi vācā, tasmā yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī ca hoti. Evaṃbhūtassa cassa yathāvācā, kāyopi tathā gato pavattoti attho. Yathā ca kāyo, vācāpi tathā gatā pavattāti tathāgato. Tenāha –
“诸比丘,如来是这么说即这么做,这么做即这么说。如此,这么说即这么做,这么做即这么说,故称‘如来’。”(《增支部》4.23)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathāvādī , bhikkhave, tathāgato tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23).
正因他如此行道(tathākārī),故称「如来」。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato.
就「征服」义而言,如何称为「如来」?因为从最上的有顶天到最下的无间地狱,以此为上下边界,横向于无量的世界界中,他以戒、以定、以慧、以解脱、以解脱知见征服了一切众生。无人能与之等量齐观,亦无任何限量,他确实是无可比拟、不可计量、无与伦比的,是诸天之神,是超胜一切帝释的帝释,是超胜一切梵天的梵天,为一切众生中之最上者,故称「如来」。因此,这样说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato? Yasmā upari bhavaggaṃ heṭṭhā avīciṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu sabbasatte abhibhavati sīlenapi samādhināpi paññāyapi vimuttiyāpi vimuttiñāṇadassanenapi , na tassa tulā vā pamāṇaṃ vā atthi, atha kho atulo appameyyo anuttaro devadevo sakkānaṃ atisakko, brahmānaṃ atibrahmā sabbasattuttamo, tasmā tathāgato. Tenāha –
「比丘们,在包含天神的世界……乃至包含天神、人类的一切众生中,如来是征服者、不为任何所征服、全见者、大自在者,因此称为『如来』。」(《增支部》4.23)显示巴利原文
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… sadevamanussāya tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavatti, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23).
此处词源成就如下:犹如阿伽陀药,教说之庄严与福德积聚亦复如是。因此,具有大神力者,犹如良医以天药解除蛇毒,征服一切外道与诸天世间。正因征服一切世间,他真实、不虚、不颠倒;如前述之“药”(agada),将字母 d 转为 t,即成“如来”(tathāgata)。当以此征服之义了知“如来”。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ padasiddhi – agado viya agado, desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca. Tena so mahānubhāvo bhisakko viya dibbāgadena sappe sabbaparappavādino sadevakañca lokaṃ abhibhavati. Iti sabbalokābhibhavane tatho avitatho aviparīto yathāvuttova agado etassāti dakārassa takāraṃ katvā tathāgatoti veditabbo. Evaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
再者,如来即是如去(tathāya gato),亦为如实去(tathaṃ gato)。于此:对一切世间以知遍知而如实去了达,故为如来;对世间之集以断遍知而如实去超越,故为如来;对世间之灭以作证而如实去证得,故为如来;对世间灭之道以如实去修习,故为如来。正如世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Apica tathāya gatoti tathāgato, tathaṃ gatoti tathāgato. Tattha sakalalokaṃ tīraṇapariññāya tathāya gato avagatoti tathāgato. Lokasamudayaṃ pahānapariññāya tathāya gato atītoti tathāgato. Lokanirodhaṃ sacchikiriyāya tathāya gato adhigatoti tathāgato. Lokanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ tathaṃ gato paṭipannoti tathāgato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
诸比丘,如来于世间已彻底觉悟,已从世间系缚中解脱。诸比丘,如来于世间之集已彻底觉悟,世间之集已为如来所断除。诸比丘,如来于世间之灭已彻底觉悟,世间之灭已为如来所证得。诸比丘,如来于通往世间灭之道已彻底觉悟,此道已为如来所修习。诸比丘,含天世间……乃至……一切,如来皆已彻底觉悟,故称如来。(《增支部》4.23)显示巴利原文
‘‘Loko, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokasmā tathāgato visaṃyutto. Lokasamudayo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokasamudayo tathāgatassa pahīno, lokanirodho, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokanirodho tathāgatassa sacchikato. Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā , bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddhā , lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā tathāgatassa bhāvitā. Yaṃ, bhikkhave , sadevakassa lokassa…pe… sabbaṃ taṃ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṃ. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23).
此外,还可依据八种理由,说明世尊被称为“如来”:他以如实而来的方式,故称如来;他以如实而去的方式,故称如来;他因种种如实而来,故称如来;他因如实而去,故称如来;他具足如是的特质,故称如来;他如是转动法轮,故称如来;他由这些如实而来,故称如来;他具有如实而去的体性,故称如来。显示巴利原文
Aparehipi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato – tathāya āgatoti tathāgato, tathāya gatoti tathāgato, tathāni āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathāvidhoti tathāgato, tathā pavattitoti tathāgato, tathehi agatoti tathāgato, tathā gatabhāvena tathāgato.
那么,为何“以如实而来的方式,故称如来”呢?这是指世尊身为善慧菩萨时,在具足十力的燃灯佛足下——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāya āgatoti tathāgato? Yā sā bhagavatā sumedhabhūtena dīpaṅkaradasabalassa pādamūle –
获得人身,相好圆满,具备因缘,得见导师,
出家、德行具足、精勤不懈与坚定誓愿——
具足此八种法,大誓愿即得成就。(《佛种姓》2.59)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ, Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59) –
如此,圆满具足八支誓愿者,便发起如是宏大誓愿:“我既已渡脱,当令含天神在内的世间亦得渡脱;我已解脱,当令他人解脱;我已调伏,当令他人调伏;我已寂静,当令他人寂静;我已安稳,当令他人安稳;我已般涅槃,当令他人般涅槃;我已觉悟,当令他人觉悟。” 这正是经中所说的:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ abhinīhāraṃ sampādentena ‘‘ahaṃ sadevakaṃ lokaṃ tiṇṇo tāressāmi, mutto mocessāmi, danto damessāmi, santo samessāmi, assattho assāsessāmi, parinibbuto parinibbāpessāmi, buddho bodhessāmī’’ti mahāpaṭiññā pavattitā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
我凭着在无上士面前所成就的这份精勤努力,
证得一切知智后,我将度脱众多众生。
截断轮回之流,摧毁三有之后;
登上法船,我将度脱含天神之世间至彼岸。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘‘Iminā me adhikārena, katena purisuttame; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ. ‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave; Dhammanāvaṃ samāruyha, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, buddho hessaṃ sadevake’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.55-58);
这一伟大誓愿,是他省察、审思并受持一切成佛之法总集的因由。世尊绝无虚言,因为他以殷重、不间断、毫无剩余的方式,圆满了一百二十万又四大阿僧祇劫的布施巴拉密等三十波罗蜜,行舍肢节等五种大舍弃,培育真实决意等四种决意,积累福德与智慧二种资粮,将前际修习、前际行持、宣说法义、了知义理等修行提升至极致,使智慧行持修至顶峰,从而现证无上正自觉。因此,唯有他的伟大誓愿是真实、不虚、无谬的,于他而言,连毫发尖许的虚妄亦不存在。正是如此,燃灯十力者、憍陈如佛、吉祥佛……乃至迦叶世尊,这二十四位正自觉者次第出现,授记道:‘此菩萨未来必定成佛。’他即从二十四佛处获得授记,凡是已立大愿的菩萨所应得的利益,他悉皆获得之后方来。因此,依前所说之伟大真实誓愿,他证得、到达、获得了已正觉之境界,故称为‘如来’。如此,由真实而来,故名‘如来’。显示巴利原文
Taṃ panetaṃ mahāpaṭiññaṃ sakalassāpi buddhakaradhammasamudāyassa pavicaya paccavekkhaṇasamādānānaṃ kāraṇabhūtaṃ avisaṃvādetvā lokanāyako yasmā mahākappānaṃ satasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ niravasesato dānapāramiādayo samatiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā, aṅgapariccāgādayo pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā, saccādhiṭṭhānādīni cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni paribrūhetvā, puññañāṇasambhāre sambharitvā, pubbayogapubbacariyadhammakkhānañātatthacariyādayo ukkaṃsāpetvā, buddhicariyaṃ paramakoṭiṃ pāpetvā, anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhi, tasmā tasseva sā mahāpaṭiññā tathā avitathā anaññathā, na tassa vālaggamattampi vitathaṃ atthi. Tathā hi dīpaṅkaradasabalo koṇḍañño maṅgalo…pe… kassapo bhagavāti ime catuvīsati sammāsambuddhā paṭipāṭiyā uppannā ‘‘buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākariṃsu. Evaṃ catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ santike laddhabyākaraṇo ye te katābhinīhārehi bodhisattehi laddhabbā ānisaṃsā, te labhitvāva āgatoti tāya yathāvuttāya mahāpaṭiññāya tathāya abhisambuddhabhāvaṃ āgato adhigatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāya āgatoti tathāgato.
如何是“由真实而去,故称如来”呢?世尊(世间救护者)以大悲心,见众生陷极重苦迫,思:“他们无他依怙,唯我自轮回苦中解脱,并能令他们解脱。”由此激励,发大誓愿。发愿已,即如誓精勤,成就一切世间利益,不顾身命,乃至甫闻即心生怖畏之极难行苦行,亦皆修习。彼所行至大菩提之道,无退、无染、无滞,步步趋于倍胜分位;如是渐次修行,悉皆圆满成佛资粮,证达正觉。其后,复为同大悲所策,舍离独处之喜、极寂静之解脱乐,于愚痴众生遍满世间,不较恭敬轻慢,唯以调应调众生,圆满诸佛所应作事。于此,世尊以悲心涉入众生之方式,后当广说。且如已成佛之世间救护于众生有大悲心,菩萨时、发大誓愿时亦复如是。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāya gatoti tathāgato? Yāya mahākaruṇāya lokanātho mahādukkhasambādhappaṭipannaṃ sattanikāyaṃ disvā ‘‘tassa natthañño koci paṭissaraṇaṃ, ahameva namito saṃsāradukkhato mutto mocessāmī’’ti samussāhitamānaso mahābhinīhāramakāsi. Katvā ca yathāpaṇidhānaṃ sakalalokahitasampādanāya ussukkamāpanno attano kāyajīvitanirapekkho paresaṃ sotapathāgamanamattenapi cittutrāsasamuppādikā atidukkarā dukkaracariyā samācaranto yathā mahābodhiyā paṭipatti hānabhāgiyā saṃkilesabhāgiyā ṭhitibhāgiyā vā na hoti, atha kho uttaruttari visesabhāgiyāva hoti, tathā paṭipajjamāno anupubbena niravasese bodhisambhāre sampādetvā abhisambodhiṃ pāpuṇi. Tato parañca tāyeva mahākaruṇāya sañcoditamānaso pavivekaratiṃ paramañca santaṃ vimokkhasukhaṃ pahāya bālajanabahule loke tehi samuppāditaṃ sammānāvamānavippakāraṃ agaṇetvā vineyyajanassa vinayanena niravasesaṃ buddhakiccaṃ niṭṭhapesi. Tattha yo bhagavato sattesu mahākaruṇāya samokkamanākāro, so parato āvibhavissati. Yathā ca buddhabhūtassa lokanāthassa sattesu mahākaruṇā, evaṃ bodhisattabhūtassapi mahābhinīhārakālādīsūti sabbattha sabbadā ca ekasadisatāya tathā avitathā anaññathā, tasmā tīsupi avatthāsu sabbasattesu samānarasāya tathāya mahākaruṇāya sakalalokahitāya gato paṭipannoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāya gatoti tathāgato.
如何是“由真实法而来,故称如来”呢?此中“真实法”,谓四种圣道智。此四种圣道智,于总摄一切应知法之四圣谛——即“此是苦、此是苦之集、此是苦之灭、此是趣向苦灭之道”——亦即于一切法流转、还灭之因,能无混合、无颠倒而正觉其各自之相:如苦之逼迫义、有为义、热恼义、变易义;集之积集义、因源义、结缚义、障碍义;灭之出离义、远离义、无为义、不死义;道之出离义、因义、见义、增上义等,以及各自支分。以彻断障如实了知法自味之杂染故,获得名为“无痴通达”、以无颠倒行相运转之智;而法之自性、味、相,绝无欺诳,故称真实、不虚、不错谬。这些真实法,世尊非从他闻而知,乃自证现观、达至究竟,故曰“由真实法而来”,是名“如来”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāni āgatoti tathāgato? Tathāni nāma cattāri ariyamaggañāṇāni. Tāni hi idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo, ayaṃ dukkhanirodho, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti evaṃ sabbañeyyadhammasaṅgāhakānaṃ pavattinivattitadubhayahetubhūtānaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho, samudayassa āyūhanaṭṭho nidānaṭṭho saṃyogaṭṭho palibodhaṭṭho, nirodhassa nissaraṇaṭṭho vivekaṭṭho asaṅkhataṭṭho amataṭṭho, maggassa niyyānaṭṭho hetvaṭṭho dassanaṭṭho ādhipateyyaṭṭhotiādīnaṃ tabbibhāgānañca yathābhūtasabhāvāvabodhavibandhakassa saṃkilesapakkhassa samucchindanena paṭiladdhāya tattha asammohābhisamayasaṅkhātāya aviparītākārappavattiyā dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni, tāni bhagavā anaññaneyyo sayameva āgato adhigato, tasmā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
如道智为真实,世尊之三世无碍智、四无碍解智、四无畏智、五趣分别智、六不共智、七觉支开显智、八支圣道开显智、九次第住等至智、十力智,亦当知为处于真实之自性。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca maggañāṇāni, evaṃ bhagavato tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇāni catupaṭisambhidāñāṇāni catuvesārajjañāṇāni pañcagatiparicchedañāṇāni chaasādhāraṇañāṇāni sattabojjhaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni aṭṭhamaggaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni navānupubbavihārasamāpattiñāṇāni dasabalañāṇāni ca tathabhāve veditabbāni.
对此详释如下:于无量世界中的无量众生,过去时之蕴、处、界中,凡有优劣等种种差别,自性、作用、分位等差别,以及与蕴相属的名称、族姓等,皆应了知;于不依根门的、极微细、被覆蔽、极遥远的色法,以及由彼彼缘而生之色法的色、形、香、味、触等差别,世尊的智慧于这一切,犹如置于掌中的庵摩罗果,无碍而现前,如亲自所见。于未来、现在亦复如是。这称为“三世无碍智”。正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – yañhi kiñci aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ hīnādibhedabhinnāsu atītāsu khandhāyatanadhātūsu sabhāvakiccādi avatthāvisesādi khandhappaṭibaddhanāmagottādi ca jānitabbaṃ. Anindriyabaddhesu ca atisukhumatirohitavidūradesesupi rūpadhammesu yo taṃtaṃpaccayavisesehi saddhiṃ paccayuppannānaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānagandharasaphassādiviseso, tattha sabbattheva hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalake viya paccakkhato appaṭihataṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tathā anāgatāsu paccuppannāsu cāti imāni tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇāni nāma. Yathāha –
“世尊于过去分具足无碍智,世尊于未来分具足无碍智,世尊于现在分具足无碍智。”(《无碍解道》3.5)显示巴利原文
‘‘Atītaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgataṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, paccuppannaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.5).
这些智于一切处,与诸法的自性、味、特相不相违,故为真实、不虚、不异。世尊以自然智证得这些。由此亦可说:因从真实而来,故为“如来”。显示巴利原文
Tāni panetāni tattha tattha dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni, tāni bhagavā sayambhūñāṇena adhigañchīti. Evampi tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,有义无碍解、法无碍解、词无碍解、辩无碍解这四种无碍解。其中,能善巧辨别、阐明、确定种种义之分类的、属于义之分类的智,称为义无碍解;能善巧辨别、阐明、确定种种法之分类的、属于法之分类的智,称为法无碍解;能善巧辨别、阐明、确定种种词说表达之分类的、属于词说表达之分类的智,称为词无碍解;能善巧辨别、阐明、确定种种辩才之分类的、属于辩才之分类的智,称为辩无碍解。这就是所说的:显示巴利原文
Tathā atthappaṭisambhidā dhammappaṭisambhidā niruttippaṭisambhidā paṭibhānappaṭisambhidāti catasso paṭisambhidā. Tattha atthappabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ atthappabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā. Dhammappabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ dhammappabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Niruttippabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ niruttābhilāpe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttippaṭisambhidā. Paṭibhānappabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ paṭibhānappabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānappaṭisambhidā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
于义之智为义无碍解,于法之智为法无碍解,于诠说彼法之词说表达之智为词无碍解,于诸智之智为辩无碍解。(《分别论》718-721)显示巴利原文
‘‘Atthe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, dhamme ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā, tatra dhammaniruttābhilāpe ñāṇaṃ niruttippaṭisambhidā, ñāṇesu ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānappaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 718-721).
于此,依因之随顺,由于应通达、应证得的缘故,概略而言,因与果即名为义。若详加分别,则任何缘所生法、涅槃、所说义、异熟、作用,此五种法为义。观察彼义者,于彼义中依分类所生之智,即为义无碍解。而法,概略而言即是缘。因为缘能施设种种义、令之转起并令成就,故称为法。若详加分别,任何能生果的因、圣道、所说、善、不善,此五种法为法。观察彼法者,于彼法中依分类所生之智,即为法无碍解。此亦已说:显示巴利原文
Ettha ca hetuanusārena araṇīyato adhigantabbato ca saṅkhepato hetuphalaṃ attho nāma. Pabhedato pana yaṃ kiñci paccayuppannaṃ, nibbānaṃ , bhāsitattho, vipāko, kiriyāti ime pañca dhammā attho. Taṃ atthaṃ paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā. Dhammoti saṅkhepato paccayo. So hi yasmā taṃ taṃ atthaṃ vidahati pavatteti ceva pāpeti ca, tasmā dhammoti vuccati, pabhedato pana yo koci phalanibbattanako hetu ariyamaggo bhāsitaṃ kusalaṃ akusalanti ime pañca dhammā dhammo, taṃ dhammaṃ paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ dhamme pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
于苦的智慧,是义无碍解;于苦集的智慧,是法无碍解;于苦灭的智慧,是义无碍解;于导向苦灭之道的智慧,是法无碍解。(《分别论》719)显示巴利原文
‘‘Dukkhe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 719).
又或,于因的智慧是法无碍解,于因之果的智慧是义无碍解。对已生、已有、已产生、已现起、已再生、已显现的诸法,于此诸法的智慧是义无碍解;而这些法依何因而得生、有、产生、现起、再生、显现,于彼因的智慧即是法无碍解。于老死的智慧是义无碍解,于老死集的智慧是法无碍解;于老死灭的智慧是义无碍解,于导向老死灭之道的智慧是法无碍解。于生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、诸行的智慧是义无碍解,于行集的智慧是法无碍解;于行灭的智慧是义无碍解,于导向行灭之道的智慧是法无碍解。显示巴利原文
Atha vā hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā, hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā. Ye dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā, imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā. Yamhā dhammā te dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā, tesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, jarāmaraṇasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇanirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Jātiyā, bhave, upādāne, taṇhāya, vedanāya, phasse, saḷāyatane, nāmarūpe, viññāṇe, saṅkhāresu ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, saṅkhārasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā. Saṅkhāranirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā.
于此,比丘了知法——契经、应颂……乃至……吠陀罗,这称为法无碍解。他对于彼所说法,了知其义:‘此是此所说之义,此是彼所说之义’,这称为义无碍解。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ jānāti suttaṃ geyyaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati dhammappaṭisambhidā. So tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti ‘ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti, ayaṃ vuccati atthappaṭisambhidā.
哪些法是善呢?于任何时候,当与喜相应、与智相应的欲界善心生起,以色为所缘……乃至……以法为所缘,或者无论缘取何等所缘而生起时,此时有触……乃至……有不散乱……这些法便是善。于此诸法之智,即是‘法无碍解’;于他们所感异熟之智,即是‘义无碍解’等等,此为广说(《分别论》724–725)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katame dhammā kusalā? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hoti…pe… ime dhammā kusalā. Imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammappaṭisambhidā, tesaṃ vipāke ñāṇaṃ atthappaṭisambhidā’’tiādi (vibha. 724-725) vitthāro.
而于彼义与法之上,有自性言辞、不逾越世俗的称呼与表述;于彼自性言辞之中,依一切众生的根本语——摩揭陀语,能辨别‘此是自性言辞,此非自性言辞’之智,这便是‘词无碍解’。对于前述的诸种智慧,从其所行境界与作用上,或略或广而现起的一切,皆以这些智慧为所缘而观察,能再对这些智慧本身加以细致分辨之智,便是‘辩无碍解’。如是,此四种无碍解智乃世尊自所证得,于义、法等各自领域,因无欺诳而转起无颠倒行相,故为真实、不虚、无变异。正因如此,世尊是如实而来者,故称为‘如来’。显示巴利原文
Yā panetasmiṃ atthe ca dhamme ca sabhāvanirutti abyabhicāravohāro abhilāpo, tasmiṃ sabhāvaniruttābhilāpe māgadhikāya sabbasattānaṃ mūlabhāsāya ‘‘ayaṃ sabhāvanirutti, ayaṃ asabhāvaniruttī’’ti pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttippaṭisambhidā. Yathāvuttesu tesu ñāṇesu gocarakiccato vitthārato pavattaṃ sabbampi taṃ ñāṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ ñāṇe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānappaṭisambhidā. Iti imāni cattāri paṭisambhidāñāṇāni sayameva bhagavatā adhigatāni atthadhammādike tasmiṃ tasmiṃ attano visaye avisaṃvādanavasena aviparītākārappavattiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样,凡是任何应被了知者,世尊都已以一切方式彻底了知、见、证得、正觉。因此,对于应证知之法,即依应证知而觉悟;对于应遍知之法,即依应遍知而觉悟;对于应断除之法,即依应断除而觉悟;对于应作证之法,即依应作证而觉悟;对于应修习之法,即依应修习而觉悟。是故,无有任何沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天,能如理地质难他:‘你所说的这些法,你并未彻底觉悟’——并无具有这些能力者。显示巴利原文
Tathā yaṃkiñci ñeyyaṃ nāma, sabbaṃ taṃ bhagavatā sabbākārena ñātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ adhigataṃ abhisambuddhaṃ. Tathā hissa abhiññeyyā dhammā abhiññeyyato buddhā, pariññeyyā dhammā pariññeyyato, pahātabbā dhammā pahātabbato, sacchikātabbā dhammā sacchikātabbato, bhāvetabbā dhammā bhāvetabbato, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā ‘‘ime nāma te dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
一切应当断除的,世尊都已毫无遗漏地在菩提树下断除,成为不再生起之法,因此,为断除它们,更无余事可做。同样,对于贪、嗔、痴、颠倒作意、无惭、无愧、昏沉睡眠、忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、憍、固执、好斗、慢、过慢、骄、放逸,乃至三种不善根、恶行、不平等、颠倒想、秽寻、戏论、欲求、渴爱、四种颠倒、漏、结、暴流、轭、趣、爱取、五种爱喜、五盖、五心荒芜、五心缚、六诤根、七随眠、八邪行、九嗔事、十爱根、十不善业道、六十二恶见、百八爱行等类别,总计一千五百烦恼,连同习气,都已完全断除、根绝、彻底摧毁。因此,没有任何沙门……乃至……梵天,能以正理质难他说:‘你所说的这些烦恼,你并未断除。’没有这样的人。显示巴利原文
Yaṃkiñci pahātabbaṃ nāma, sabbaṃ taṃ bhagavato anavasesato bodhimūleyeva pahīnaṃ anuppattidhammaṃ , na tassa pahānāya uttari karaṇīyaṃ atthi. Tathā hissa lobhadosamohaviparītamanasikāraahirikānottappathinamiddhakodhūpanāha- makkhapalāsaissāmacchariyamāyāsāṭheyyathambhasārambhamānātimānamadappamādatividhā- kusalamūladuccaritavisamaviparītasaññā- malavitakkapapañcaesanātaṇhācatubbidhavipariyesaāsavagantha- oghayogāgatitaṇhupādānapañcābhinandananīvaraṇacetokhilacetasovinibandha- chavivādamūlasattānusayaaṭṭhamicchattanavaāghātavatthutaṇhā- mūlakadasaakusalakammapathaekavīsati anesanadvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigataaṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritādippabhedaṃ diyaḍḍhakilesasahassaṃ saha vāsanāya pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ samūhataṃ, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘ime nāma te kilesā appahīnā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
此外,世尊所说的那些能成障碍之法——即业报、烦恼、诽谤、违犯戒律等类别——对于从事它们的人,决定成为障碍。因此,没有任何沙门……乃至……梵天,能以正理质难他说:‘你虽从事这些,但它们并不足以成为障碍。’没有这样的人。显示巴利原文
Ye cime bhagavatā kammavipākakilesūpavādaāṇāvītikkamappabhedā antarāyikā vuttā, alameva te paṭisevato ekantena antarāyāya. Yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘nālaṃ te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
再者,世尊为无余出离一切轮回之苦而开示的、由戒定慧所摄、具有七类三十七分、以圣道为先导的无上出离之法,那个法决定导向涅槃,对于践行者,能令从轮回之苦中解脱。因此,没有任何沙门……乃至……梵天,能以正理质难他说:‘你宣说的此导向涅槃之法,并不能导向。’没有这样的人。这便是经典中所说:‘对你自称是正自觉者,这些法你未曾觉悟’等,即如《中部》第150经所详述。如此,这些关于自身智慧、断除、教说之殊胜的真实不虚,转起无颠倒之行相,是故世尊这四种自信智是真实的、不虚的、不异的。正因为如此,世尊是如实而来者,故称为‘如来’。显示巴利原文
Yo ca bhagavatā niravasesavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇāya sīlasamādhipaññāya saṅgaho sattakoṭṭhāsiko sattatiṃsappabhedo ariyamaggapubbaṅgamo anuttaro niyyāniko dhammo desito, so ekanteneva niyyāti, paṭipannassa vaṭṭadukkhato mokkhāya hoti, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘niyyāniko dhammoti tayā desito na niyyātī’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthīti. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.150) vitthāro. Evametāni attano ñāṇappahānadesanāvisesānaṃ avitathabhāvāvabodhanato aviparītākārappavattitāni bhagavato catuvesārajjañāṇāni tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,地狱趣、畜生趣、饿鬼趣、人趣、天趣,这便是五趣。其中,等活地狱等八大地狱,热灰地狱等十六近边地狱,以及世界中间地狱——凡此一切,因纯苦无乐之故,称为地狱;因随业而投生之故,称为趣;合为地狱趣。极黑暗极寒冷的地狱亦摄在其中。虫蚁蛇鸟犬豺之类,以身横行,故称畜生;所在之趣,即为畜生趣。常被饥渴逼迫、依他人施舍而活、为渴爱所烧的众生,因苦痛极多,远离显著之乐,故称饿鬼;所在之趣,即为饿鬼趣;黑耳等阿修罗亦含摄其中。赡部洲等四大洲及诸小岛之居民,因心识发达,故称为人;所在之趣,即为人趣。自四大王天乃至非想非非想处,此二十六种天众,以广大神通游戏、放光,故称为天;所在之趣,即为天趣。显示巴利原文
Tathā nirayagati, tiracchānagati, petagati, manussagati, devagatīti pañca gatiyo, tāsu sañjīvādayo aṭṭha mahānirayā, kukkuḷādayo soḷasa ussadanirayā, lokantarikanirayoti sabbepime ekantadukkhatāya nirassādaṭṭhena nirayā, yathākammunā gantabbato gati cāti nirayagati, tibbandhakārasītanarakāpi etesveva antogadhā. Kimikīṭasarīsapapakkhisoṇasiṅgālādayo tiriyaṃ añchitabhāvena tiracchānā, te eva gatīti tiracchānagati. Khuppipāsitattā paradattūpajīvinijjhāmataṇhikādayo dukkhabahulatāya pākaṭasukhato itā vigatāti petā, te eva gatīti petagati, kālakañcikādiasurāpi etesvevantogadhā. Parittadīpavāsīhi saddhiṃ jambudīpādicatumahādīpavāsino manaso ussannatāya manussā, te eva gatīti manussagati. Cātumahārājikato paṭṭhāya yāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagāti ime chabbīsati devanikāyā dibbanti attano iddhānubhāvena kīḷanti jotanti cāti devā, te eva gatīti devagati.
然而,这些趣,既是由各自业所引生的再生形式之差别,故其本质即是异熟蕴及业生色。于此,世尊以‘此名为某之趣,由某业而生,且因彼业缘之种种差别,诸有情众乃现此种种区分’的方式,随其各自因果之差别而限定,从处、从因而生起。因此世尊说:显示巴利原文
Tā panetā gatiyo yasmā taṃtaṃkammanibbatto upapattibhavaviseso, tasmā atthato vipākakkhandhā kaṭattā ca rūpaṃ. Tattha ‘‘ayaṃ nāma gati iminā nāma kammunā jāyati, tassa ca kammassa paccayavisesehi evaṃ vibhāgabhinnattā visuṃ ete sattanikāyā evaṃ vibhāgabhinnā’’ti yathāsakaṃ hetuphalavibhāgaparicchindanavasena ṭhānaso hetuso bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tenāha bhagavā –
“舍利弗,有此五趣。何等为五?地狱、畜生、饿鬼、人、天。舍利弗,我了知地狱,了知通往地狱之道,了知通往地狱之行迹;若有人依此行迹,身坏命终,即堕恶趣、苦趣、险趣、地狱——此我亦了知。”等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyo. Katamā pañca? Nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā. Nirayañcāhaṃ, sāriputta, pajānāmi nirayagāmiñca maggaṃ nirayagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ, yathā paṭipanno ca kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tañca pajānāmī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.153).
然而,世尊的这些智慧,在各自的领域中,皆以无颠倒的方式生起,从不欺诳,因此是如实、不虚、不异的。正因为如此,世尊是‘如实而来者’,所以称为「如来」。显示巴利原文
Tāni panetāni bhagavato ñāṇāni tasmiṃ tasmiṃ visaye aviparītākārappavattiyā avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,世尊的根上下智,通过了知众生对信等相应或不相应的状态,而显示少尘垢、多尘垢等种种差别,以五十种行相生起。正如经文所说:‘有信的人尘垢少,无信的人尘垢多。’等等。显示巴利原文
Tathā yaṃ sattānaṃ saddhādiyogavikalāvikalabhāvāvabodhanena apparajakkhamahārajakkhatādivisesavibhāvanaṃ paññāsāya ākārehi pavattaṃ bhagavato indriyaparopariyattañāṇaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘saddho puggalo apparajakkho, assaddho puggalo mahārajakkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.111) vitthāro.
此外,世尊的‘知心念随眠智’如是生起,如实显示有情的习性等。例如:‘此众生尘垢少,此众生是常见者,此众生是断见者,此众生安住于随顺忍,此众生安住于如实智,此众生是欲的习性,而非离欲等习性;此众生是离欲的习性,而非欲等习性。’又如:‘此人的欲贪极强,而非瞋等;此人的瞋极强,而非欲贪等。’又如:‘此人的福行增上,非福行及不动行不增上;此人的非福行增上,福行及不动行不增上;此人的不动行增上,福行及非福行不增上。此人的身善行增上,此人的语善行增上,此人的意善行增上;此人是低劣胜解者,此人是精妙胜解者;此人具有业障,此人具有烦恼障,此人具有异熟障;此人不具业障,不具烦恼障,不具异熟障。’等等。显示巴利原文
Yañca ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo apparajakkho, ayaṃ sassatadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ anulomikāyaṃ khantiyaṃ ṭhito, ayaṃ yathābhūtañāṇe ṭhito, ayaṃ kāmāsayo, na nekkhammādiāsayo, ayaṃ nekkhammāsayo, na kāmādiāsayo’’tiādinā ‘‘imassa kāmarāgo ativiya thāmagato, na paṭighādiko, imassa paṭigho ativiya thāmagato, na kāmarāgādiko’’tiādinā ‘‘imassa puññābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na apuññābhisaṅkhāro na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro, imassa apuññābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na puññābhisaṅkhāro na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro, imassa āneñjābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na puññābhisaṅkhāro na apuññābhisaṅkhāro. Imassa kāyasucaritaṃ adhikaṃ, imassa vacīsucaritaṃ, imassa manosucaritaṃ, ayaṃ hīnādhimuttiko, ayaṃ paṇītādhimuttiko, ayaṃ kammāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ kilesāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ vipākāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ na kammāvaraṇena samannāgato, na kilesāvaraṇena samannāgato, na vipākāvaraṇena samannāgato’’tiādinā ca sattānaṃ āsayādīnaṃ yathābhūtaṃ vibhāvanākārappavattaṃ bhagavato āsayānusayañāṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
如经中所说:‘于此,如来了知众生的习性,了知随眠,了知行迹,了知胜解,了知众生之堪能与不堪能……’等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha tathāgato sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, bhabbābhabbe satte jānātī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.113).
此外,世尊拥有不共声闻弟子的‘双神变智’,能示现种种变化与神通。即:从上半身、下半身、前身、后身,右眼、左眼,耳孔、鼻孔,肩头、手掌、脚掌,手指间、脚趾间,乃至毛孔等处,同时涌出火聚与水流。关于此事,曾这样说:显示巴利原文
Yañca uparimaheṭṭhimapurimapacchimakāyehi dakkhiṇavāmaakkhikaṇṇasotanāsikasotaaṃsakūṭahatthapādehi aṅguliaṅgulantarehi lomakūpehi ca aggikkhandhūdakadhārāpavattanaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ vividhavikubbaniddhinimmāpanakaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihāriyañāṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
‘于此,如来展现不共声闻弟子的双神变:从上半身涌出火聚,从下半身流下水柱;又从下半身涌出火聚,从上半身流下水柱……’等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi, uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.116).
世尊的「大悲定智」:此智是世尊为使被贪等烦恼与生等种种苦法所逼恼的众生界,得以从中出离,而以种种方式现起的大悲现行之所依缘。正如《无碍解道》(1.117-118)所说:显示巴利原文
Yañca rāgādīhi jātiādīhi ca anekehi dukkhadhammehi upaddutaṃ sattanikāyaṃ tato nīharitukāmatāvasena nānānayehi pavattassa bhagavato mahākaruṇokkamanassa paccayabhūtaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇaṃ. Yathāha (paṭi. ma. 1.117-118) –
什么是如来大悲定之智?诸佛世尊以种种方式观察之后,对众生生起大悲:因为看见‘世间居处正在燃烧’,诸佛世尊对众生生起大悲;因为看见‘世间已出发,正在行进,却行于邪道;世间被引向无常;世间无救护者,无自在者;世间一无所有,须舍弃一切而离去;世间有所欠缺,永不满足,是渴爱的奴隶’,诸佛世尊对众生生起大悲。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamaṃ tathāgatassa mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ? Bahukehi ākārehi passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati, āditto lokasannivāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Uyyutto, payāto, kummaggappaṭipanno, upanīyati loko addhuvo, atāṇo loko anabhissaro , assako loko, sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyaṃ, ūno loko atitto taṇhādāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati.
这世间住处无护、无隐蔽、无皈依,成了无皈依处。世间被扰动,不安宁;世间住处为众箭所刺,箭犹在身;为无明黑暗所覆,被投进烦恼的牢笼。这陷于无明的世间住处,犹如被卵膜包裹的蛋,缠结如乱丝,纠结如草团,如同芦苇与灯心草一般,不能超越恶趣、苦界、堕落、轮回。它为无明之毒所染,沦为烦恼的泥沼,为贪、嗔、痴的缠结所缠缚。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atāyano lokasannivāso, aleṇo, asaraṇo, asaraṇībhūto. Uddhato loko avūpasanto, sasallo lokasannivāso viddho puthusallehi, avijjandhakārāvaraṇo kilesapañjarapakkhitto, avijjāgato lokasannivāso aṇḍabhūto pariyonaddho tantākulakajāto kulaguṇḍikajāto muñjapabbajabhūto apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati, avijjāvisadosasaṃlitto, kilesakalalībhūto, rāgadosamohajaṭājaṭito.
被渴爱的网罩住,被渴爱的罗网覆盖,被渴爱的急流冲走,被渴爱的结缚捆绑,被渴爱的随眠紧追,被渴爱的热恼折磨,被渴爱的炽燃焚烧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Taṇhāsaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, taṇhājālena otthaṭo, taṇhāsotena vuyhati, taṇhāsaññojanena saṃyutto, taṇhānusayena anusaṭo, taṇhāsantāpena santappati, taṇhāpariḷāhena pariḍayhati.
被邪见的网罩住,被邪见的罗网覆盖,被邪见之流冲走,被邪见的结缚捆绑,被邪见的随眠紧追,被邪见的热恼折磨,被邪见的炽燃焚烧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Diṭṭhisaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, diṭṭhijālena otthaṭo, diṭṭhisotena vuyhati, diṭṭhisaññojanena saṃyutto, diṭṭhānusayena anusaṭo, diṭṭhisantāpena santappati, diṭṭhipariḷāhena pariḍayhati.
被生所追,被老紧随,被病征服,被死打击,困于苦中。显示巴利原文
‘‘Jātiyā anugato, jarāya anusaṭo, byādhinā abhibhūto, maraṇena abbhāhato, dukkhe patiṭṭhito.
被渴爱所拖,为老所筑的城墙所围,被死套索所套,被大束缚绑缚;被贪、嗔、痴、慢、邪见、烦恼、恶行的束缚所绑缚;行于极大的拥挤中,为大障碍所障碍,坠入大悬崖,穿行于大旷野,穿行于大轮回,在大险难中流转,陷入大泥沼。显示巴利原文
‘‘Taṇhāya uḍḍito, jarāpākāraparikkhitto, maccupāsena parikkhitto, mahābandhanabaddho, rāgabandhanena dosamohamānadiṭṭhikilesaduccaritabandhanena baddho, mahāsambādhappaṭipanno, mahāpalibodhena palibuddho, mahāpapāte patito, mahākantārappaṭipanno, mahāsaṃsārappaṭipanno, mahāvidugge samparivattati, mahāpalipe palipanno.
世间居处受到击打,世间居处在燃烧——被贪欲之火、嗔恚之火、愚痴之火,以及生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所燃烧;世间居处被牵引而受苦,恒常无护,遭受应得的惩罚,造作种种恶,被罪缚绑缚,正面临屠场;无依的世间居处陷入了极度的悲悯,长夜被苦所逼、所迫,恒常贪婪,恒常饥渴。显示巴利原文
‘‘Abbhāhato lokasannivāso, āditto lokasannivāso rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, unnītako lokasannivāso haññati niccamatāṇo pattadaṇḍo takkaro, vajjabandhanabaddho āghātanapaccupaṭṭhito, anātho lokasannivāso paramakāruññappatto, dukkhābhitunno cirarattaṃ pīḷito, gadhito niccaṃ pipāsito.
他是盲目的、没有眼睛的,眼目已经毁坏,没有引导者;他跳入邪路,偏离了正道,跳入了巨大的洪流。显示巴利原文
‘‘Andho acakkhuko, hatanetto apariṇāyako, vipathapakkhando añjasāparaddho, mahoghapakkhando.
他为二种恶见所缠缚,于三恶行有所违犯,被四种轭套住,被四种缚捆绑,以四种取而执取,流转于五趣,耽着五种欲乐,为五盖所覆蔽,因六种诤论根而起诤论,耽着六种渴爱身,为六种恶见缠缚,被七种随眠随逐,被七种结缚系缚,为七种慢所骄举,随八种世间法而流转,依八种邪性而导出,由八种人之过失而败坏,因九种愤恨事而愤恨,为九种慢所骄举,耽着九种以渴爱为根之法,以十种烦恼事而杂染,因十种愤恨事而愤恨,具足十不善业道,被十种结缚系缚,依十种邪性而导出,具足十事邪见,具足十事边执见,被一百零八种渴爱戏论所戏论,被六十二种恶见所缠缚——诸佛世尊见世间如此时,便对众生生起大悲悯。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dvīhi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, tīhi duccaritehi vippaṭipanno, catūhi yogehi yojito, catūhi ganthehi ganthito, catūhi upādānehi upādiyati, pañcagatisamāruḷho, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi rajjati, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi otthaṭo, chahi vivādamūlehi vivadati, chahi taṇhākāyehi rajjati, chahi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, sattahi anusayehi anusaṭo, sattahi saññojanehi saṃyutto, sattahi mānehi unnato, aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi samparivattati, aṭṭhahi micchattehi niyyāto, aṭṭhahi purisadosehi dussati, navahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito, navavidhamānehi unnato, navahi taṇhāmūlakehi dhammehi rajjati, dasahi kilesavatthūhi kilissati, dasahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito, dasahi akusalakammapathehi samannāgato, dasahi saṃyojanehi saṃyutto, dasahi micchattehi niyyāto, dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato, dasavatthukāya antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato, aṭṭhasatataṇhāpapañcehi papañcito, dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, lokasannivāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati.
我已渡过,世间尚未渡过;我已解脱,世间尚未解脱;我已调伏,世间尚未调伏;我已寂静,世间尚未寂静;我已安稳,世间尚未安稳;我已般涅槃,世间尚未般涅槃。我已渡故,能渡他人;已解脱故,能令解脱;已调伏故,能令调伏;已寂静故,能令寂静;已安稳故,能令安稳;已般涅槃故,能令般涅槃——诸佛世尊见此,便对众生生起大悲悯。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ahañcamhi tiṇṇo, loko ca atiṇṇo. Ahañcamhi mutto, loko ca amutto. Ahañcamhi danto, loko ca adanto. Ahañcamhi santo, loko ca asanto. Ahañcamhi assattho, loko ca anassattho. Ahañcamhi parinibbuto, loko ca aparinibbuto. Pahomi khvāhaṃ tiṇṇo tāretuṃ, mutto mocetuṃ, danto dametuṃ, santo sametuṃ, assattho assāsetuṃ, parinibbuto parinibbāpetunti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.117-118).
如此,以八十九种行相作了分别。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekūnanavutiyā ākārehi vibhajanaṃ kataṃ.
然则,就法界中凡应被了知的一切——包括有为、无为等法——世尊之智能不依他人教导,以一切行相予以通达,唯凭愿欲即可系念现前,此为不与其余众生共通的世尊之智。此智因彻底觉悟一切无余的有为法、无为法及世俗谛,故称“一切知智”;复于彼一切所知境中全无障碍,其作用无所执著,亦名“无障碍智”。实则唯是一智,只为从其运转所行境的角度,显示其与他智不共的特性,方才说为两种。若非如此,则一切知智与无障碍智于一切境界上便成共相,这并不合理,即使依此理趣观察亦复如是。于此有关的圣典是:显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana yāvatā dhammadhātuyā yattakaṃ ñātabbaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhatādikassa sabbassa paropadesanirapekkhaṃ sabbākārena paṭivijjhanasamatthaṃ ākaṅkhamattappaṭibaddhavuttianaññasādhāraṇaṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ sabbathā anavasesasaṅkhatāsaṅkhatasammutisaccāvabodhato sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ tatthāvaraṇābhāvato nissaṅgappavattimupādāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti vuccati. Ekameva hi taṃ ñāṇaṃ visayappavattimukhena aññehi asādhāraṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ duvidhena uddiṭṭhaṃ. Aññathā sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇānaṃ sādhāraṇatā sabbavisayatā āpajjeyyuṃ, na ca taṃ yuttaṃ kiñcāpi imāya yuttiyā. Ayañhettha pāḷi –
“它能完全了知一切有为与无为法,无有剩余,故名‘一切知智’;于彼一切法中无障碍故,名‘无障碍智’。它能完全了知一切过去法,故名‘一切知智’;于彼过去法中无障碍故,名‘无障碍智’。它能完全了知一切未来法,故名‘一切知智’;于彼未来法中无障碍故,名‘无障碍智’。它能完全了知一切现在法,故名‘一切知智’;于彼现在法中无障碍故,名‘无障碍智’。”(《无碍解道》1.119-120)这是对此的详细广说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sabbaṃ saṅkhatamasaṅkhataṃ anavasesaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Atītaṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Anāgataṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Paccuppannaṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.119-120) vitthāro.
如是,世尊以此六种不共智,以不颠倒相而转,于各自所缘境绝无欺诳,故是真实、不虚妄、无有变异的。因此,世尊是如实而来者,名为“如来”。显示巴利原文
Evametāni bhagavato chaasādhāraṇañāṇāni aviparītākārappavattiyā yathāsakavisayassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
“比丘们,有七觉支——念觉支、择法觉支、精进觉支、喜觉支、轻安觉支、定觉支、舍觉支。”(《无碍解道》2.17;《相应部》5.185)如此,这是依其各自相状所作的说明。
“所谓‘觉’,是指在出世间圣道生起的刹那,现起的一种法聚集。它以正念等为分类,作为昏沉、掉举、停滞、强求、放纵欲乐和自我折磨、执着断见与常见等无量灾祸的对立面。借着这种法聚集,圣弟子得以觉悟,从烦恼的沉睡中醒来,或证悟四圣谛,或亲自证得涅槃。这种法聚集,就称为‘觉’。由于它们是‘觉的组成部分’,所以称为‘觉支’;或者,圣弟子借着前面所说的那种法聚集而觉悟,因此他也称为‘觉’,而作为这位‘觉悟者’的组成部分,它们也叫做‘觉支’。”——如此,这是依普遍的共理所作的说明。
“‘念觉支’的特征是安住于所缘,‘择法觉支’的特征是简择诸法,‘精进觉支’的特征是策励,‘喜觉支’的特征是遍满身心,‘轻安觉支’的特征是平息不安,‘定觉支’的特征是不散乱,‘舍觉支’的特征是平等观察。”——如此,这是依各别特征所作的说明。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sattime, bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā – satisambojjhaṅgo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pītisambojjhaṅgo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, samādhisambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.17; saṃ. ni. 5.185) evaṃ sarūpato, ‘‘yāyaṃ lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe uppajjamānā līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhallikattakilamathānuyogaucchedasassatābhinivesādīnaṃ anekesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtā satiādibhedā dhammasāmaggī, yāya ariyasāvako bujjhati kilesaniddāya uṭṭhahati, cattāri vā ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhati, nibbānameva vā sacchikarotīti, sā dhammasāmaggī bodhīti vuccati. Tassā ‘bodhiyā aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā, ariyasāvako vā yathāvuttāya dhammasāmaggiyā bujjhatīti katvā bodhīti vuccati, tassa bodhissa aṅgātipi bojjhaṅgā’’ti evaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇato. ‘‘Upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇo satisambojjhaṅgo, pavicayalakkhaṇo dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, paggahalakkhaṇo vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pharaṇalakkhaṇo pītisambojjhaṅgo, upasamalakkhaṇo passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, avikkhepalakkhaṇo samādhisambojjhaṅgo, paṭisaṅkhānalakkhaṇo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo’’ti evaṃ visesalakkhaṇato.
“其中,什么是念觉支?比丘们,在此有比丘具念,成就最上之念与善巧,久作久说亦能忆念、随念……”等(《分别论》467),这是从显示七觉支在一刹那中相互资助而转起的方式来说。
“其中,什么是念觉支?比丘们,有内法之念,有外法之念……”等,这是从以所缘境区分而显示其转起的方式来说。
“其中,什么是念觉支?比丘们,在此有比丘修习念觉支,依远离、依离贪、依灭、向于舍遣而修……”等(《分别论》471),这是从显示修习方法的方式来说。
“其中,什么是七觉支?比丘们,在此有比丘于何时修习出世间禅……彼时即有七觉支:念觉支……乃至……舍觉支。其中,什么是念觉支?即彼念……乃至……随念……”等(《分别论》478-479),这是从九十六种理趣的千种分类来说。
如是,世尊从种种方面转起的、阐明觉支的智慧,由于对彼彼义理无欺诳故,是如实的、不虚妄的、无有异相的。世尊亦如是如实而来,故为如来。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Idha, bhikkhu , satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā hoti anussaritā’’tiādinā (vibha. 467) sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ aññamaññopakāravasena ekakkhaṇe pavattidassanato, ‘‘tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Atthi ajjhattaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammesu sati, atthi bahiddhā dhammesu satī’’tiādinā tesaṃ visayavibhāgena pavattidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmi’’ntiādinā (vibha. 471) bhāvanāvidhidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katame satta bojjhaṅgā? Idha bhikkhu yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… tasmiṃ samaye satta bojjhaṅgā honti satisambojjhaṅgo…pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo. Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Yā sati…pe… anussatī’’tiādinā (vibha. 478-479) channavutiyā nayasahassavibhāgehīti evaṃ nānākārato pavattāni bhagavato sambojjhaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni tassa tassa atthassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
“其中,什么是导向苦灭的行道圣谛?即是此圣八支道,所谓:正见……乃至……正定。”(《分别论》205)这是从自相来说。因远离一切烦恼、令成就圣者、令获得圣果故为“圣”;因具足八种分、为证得涅槃的独一因故为“八支”;因断除烦恼而践行、为求涅槃者所行、或自行趣向涅槃故为“道”。这是从共相来说。“有正了知相者为正见,有正安立相者为正思惟,有正摄持相者为正语,有正等起相者为正业,有正清净相者为正命,有正策励相者为正精进,有正安住相者为正念,有无散乱相者为正定。”这是从别相来说。正见与其他相应法一同,断除与之对立的邪见等烦恼,以涅槃为所缘,由破除覆蔽涅槃的愚痴而离痴,见相应法。同样地,正思惟等亦断除邪思惟等,以涅槃为所缘,并对俱生法作正安立、正摄持、正等起、正清净、正策励、正安住,令得定。这是从作用分别来说。正见在前行位中,于不同刹那各别以苦等为所缘,在道刹那则于同一刹那唯以涅槃为所缘,依其作用而得“苦智”等四种名称;正思惟等在前行位中,于不同刹那有不同所缘,在道刹那则于同一刹那缘同一所缘。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhī’’ti (vibha. 205) evaṃ sarūpato. Sabbakilesehi ārakattā ariyabhāvakarattā ariyaphalappaṭilābhakarattā ca ariyo, aṭṭhavidhattā nibbānādhigamāya ekantakāraṇattā ca aṭṭhaṅgiko. Kilese mārento gacchati, nibbānatthikehi maggīyati, sayaṃ vā nibbānaṃ maggatīti maggoti evaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇato. ‘‘Sammā dassanalakkhaṇā sammādiṭṭhi, sammā abhiniropanalakkhaṇo sammāsaṅkappo, sammā pariggahaṇalakkhaṇā sammāvācā, sammā samuṭṭhānalakkhaṇo sammākammanto, sammā vodānalakkhaṇo sammāājīvo, sammā paggahalakkhaṇo sammāvāyāmo, sammā upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇā sammāsati, sammā avikkhepalakkhaṇo sammāsamādhī’’ti evaṃ visesalakkhaṇato. Sammādiṭṭhi aññehipi attano paccanīkakilesehi saddhiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, tappaṭicchādakamohavidhamanena asammohato sampayuttadhamme ca passati. Tathā sammāsaṅkappādayopi micchāsaṅkappādīni pajahanti, nibbānañca ārammaṇaṃ karonti, sahajātadhammānaṃ sammāabhiniropanapariggahaṇasamuṭṭhānavodānapaggahaupaṭṭhānasamādahanāni ca karontīti evaṃ kiccavibhāgato. Sammādiṭṭhi pubbabhāge nānakkhaṇā visuṃ visuṃ dukkhādiārammaṇā hutvā maggakāle ekakkhaṇā nibbānameva ārammaṇaṃ katvā kiccato ‘‘dukkhe ñāṇa’’ntiādīni cattāri nāmāni labhati, sammāsaṅkappādayopi pubbabhāge nānakkhaṇā nānārammaṇā maggakāle ekakkhaṇā ekārammaṇā.
其中,正思惟依其作用而得“出离思惟”等三种名称。正语等三支,在前行位时,依远离妄语等的差别,或表现为远离,或表现为思;在道刹那则唯是远离。正精进与正念依其作用,各依正勤与念处而得四种名称。正定则在道刹那亦依初禅等而有不同。这是从前行与后位转起分别来说。“诸比丘,此处有比丘修习正见,依远离……”等(《分别论》489),这是从修习方式之相来说。“其中,什么是八支道?在此,比丘于何时修习出世间禅……乃至……苦迟通行、钝慧,彼时即有八支道:正见、正思惟……”等(《分别论》499),这是从八十四种理趣的千种分类来说。如是,世尊从种种方面所转起的、阐明圣道之智慧,于义理无欺诳故,一切皆为如实、不虚妄、无变异相。世尊亦如是如实而来,故名为如来。显示巴利原文
Tesu sammāsaṅkappo kiccato nekkhammasaṅkappotiādīni tīṇi nāmāni labhati, sammāvācādayo tayo pubbabhāge musāvādāveramaṇītiādivibhāgā viratiyopi cetanāyopi hutvā maggakkhaṇe viratiyova, sammāvāyāmasatiyo kiccato sammappadhānasatipaṭṭhānavasena cattāri nāmāni labhanti. Sammāsamādhi pana maggakkhaṇepi paṭhamajjhānādivasena nānā evāti evaṃ pubbabhāgaparabhāgesu pavattivibhāgato, ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissita’’ntiādinā (vibha. 489) bhāvanāvidhito, ‘‘tattha katamo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo? Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… dukkhāpaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ, tasmiṃ samaye aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo’’tiādinā (vibha. 499) caturāsītiyā nayasahassavibhāgehīti evaṃ anekākārato pavattāni bhagavato ariyamaggavibhāvanañāṇāni atthassa avisaṃvādanato sabbānipi tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,在从初禅等至到灭尽等至的次第住等至中,依应如是安住、应如是证入之义,世尊的诸智依修习、省察等及相应的结合,随宜转起;这些智因达成各自的目的,故是如实的、不虚妄的、无有变异的。同样地,“这是此果的因,这是非因”——如此无颠倒地了知各个果报的因与非因;对诸众生所造作的、分为过去等不同类别的业之集积,毫无遗漏地如实了知异熟果报的差别;就在造业的刹那,即能如实了知该众生“这是趣向地狱之道……乃至……这是趣向涅槃之道”,如实分辨有漏与无漏的业之差别;对于蕴、处、界等,具有已执受、未执受等自性及种种差别,依“由此界增盛故,于此诸法相续中生起如是差别”等方法,如实了知界的种种差别;毫无遗漏地了知众生的劣、中等意乐与胜解;了知信等诸根的利钝差别;了知与杂染等相应的禅那、解脱等的差别;毫无遗漏地连同结生相续的障碍,了知众生在无量生中过去所住的诸蕴相续;连同劣、中等差别,了知死与结生;以“此是苦”等如前所述的方式了知四圣谛——这些世尊的十力智,不偏离地各各通达。显示巴利原文
Tathā paṭhamajjhānasamāpatti yā ca nirodhasamāpattīti etāsu anupaṭipāṭiyā viharitabbaṭṭhena samāpajjitabbaṭṭhena ca anupubbavihārasamāpattīsu sampādanapaccavekkhaṇādivasena yathārahaṃ sampayogavasena ca pavattāni bhagavato ñāṇāni tadatthasiddhiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni . Tathā ‘‘idaṃ imassa ṭhānaṃ, idaṃ aṭṭhāna’’nti aviparītaṃ tassa tassa phalassa kāraṇākāraṇajānanaṃ, tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ atītādibhedabhinnassa kammasamādānassa anavasesato yathābhūtaṃ vipākantarajānanaṃ, āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva tassa tassa sattassa ‘‘ayaṃ nirayagāminī paṭipadā…pe… ayaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yāthāvato sāsavānāsavakammavibhāgajānanaṃ, 0.khandhāyatanādīnaṃ upādinnānupādinnādianekasabhāvaṃ nānāsabhāvañca tassa lokassa ‘‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattā imasmiṃ dhammappabandhe ayaṃ viseso jāyatī’’tiādinā nayena yathābhūtaṃ dhātunānattajānanaṃ, anavasesato sattānaṃ hīnādiajjhāsayādhimuttijānanaṃ, saddhādiindriyānaṃ tikkhamudutājānanaṃ, saṃkilesādīhi saddhiṃ jhānavimokkhādivisesajānanaṃ , sattānaṃ aparimāṇāsu jātīsu tappaṭibandhena saddhiṃ anavasesato pubbenivutthakkhandhasantatijānanaṃ, hīnādivibhāgehi saddhiṃ cutipaṭisandhijānanaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva catusaccajānananti imāni bhagavato dasabalañāṇāni avirajjhitvā yathāsakaṃ visayāvagāhanato yathādhippetatthasādhanato ca yathābhūtavuttiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“于此,如来如实了知处为处、非处为非处……”等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’tiādi (vibha. 809; a. ni. 10.21).
世尊因证得如实之智,故是如来。显示巴利原文
Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
又如依这些智力,同样依前述的念处、正勤、神通智等无量、不可计、种种差别、不为余乘所共的殊胜智慧,世尊证得了如实的智慧,故为如来。同样地,由于证得了如实的智慧,故为如来。显示巴利原文
Yathā cetesaṃ ñāṇānaṃ vasena, evaṃ yathāvuttānaṃ satipaṭṭhānasammappadhānavibhāvanañāṇādīnaṃ anantāparimeyyabhedānaṃ anaññasādhāraṇānaṃ paññāvisesānaṃ vasena bhagavā tathāni ñāṇāni āgato adhigatoti tathāgato. Evampi tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
如何由“如实去”故名为如来?世尊的诞生、正等觉、法与律的宣说、无余涅槃界,皆为如实。这是什么意思呢?世间怙主所希求与转起的正等觉,其目的依于究竟成就而无有欺诳,依于不颠倒之义而存在,故为如实、不虚妄、无变异。诚然,这位世尊于菩萨位时,圆满了如前所述的三十波罗蜜等一切成佛之因,安住于兜率天时,听闻有佛出世的喧传,十千世界的天众集会一处,近前而请:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yā sā bhagavato abhijāti abhisambodhi dhammavinayapaññāpanā anupādisesanibbānadhātu, sā tathā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yadatthaṃ lokanāthena abhisambodhi patthitā pavattitā ca, tadatthassa ekantasiddhiyā avisaṃvādanato aviparītatthavuttiyā tathā avitathā anaññathā. Tathā hi ayaṃ bhagavā bodhisattabhūto samatiṃsapāramiparipūraṇādikaṃ vuttappabhedaṃ sabbaṃ buddhattahetuṃ sampādetvā tusitapure ṭhitova buddhakolāhalaṃ sutvā dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi ekato sannipatitāhi upasaṅkamitvā –
“时机已到,大雄天尊,请降入母胎吧;”
度脱含天世间,觉悟不死之道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kālo deva mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.67) –
受祈请已,现前兆,作五大观察,如是思惟:“我今当生人间而成正觉。”于阿沙荼月满月之日,在释迦王族摩诃摩耶夫人胎中结生,经十个月,为诸天、人众以大礼敬守护,于毗舍佉月满月日破晓时分,诞生。显示巴利原文
Āyācito uppannapubbanimitto pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā ‘‘idānāhaṃ manussayoniyaṃ uppajjitvā abhisambujjhissāmī’’ti āsāḷhipuṇṇamāya sakyarājakule mahāmāyāya deviyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasa māse devamanussehi mahatā parihārena parihariyamāno visākhapuṇṇamāya paccūsasamaye abhijātiṃ pāpuṇi.
在他诞生之时,如同结生时一样,出现了三十二种前兆。这十千世界震动、大震动、遍震动、普遍震动;十千轮围世界内无量光明遍照,仿佛渴望瞻仰他的祥瑞一般,天生的盲人获得视力,耳聋者听到声音,口哑者能说话,驼背者身体正直,跛脚者能以脚行走,一切被镣铐等束缚捆绑的众生皆得释放;一切地狱之火熄灭;饿鬼界的饥渴得以止息;畜生道众生无有恐惧;一切众生的疾病痊愈;一切众生言语柔和,面带悦意微笑;大象发出悦耳吼声;所有乐器不奏自鸣;人们佩戴的腕钏等饰物,虽未被击打亦自出悦耳之音;一切方位清净明澈;令众生愉悦的柔凉和风吹起;非时云雨降下;自大地涌出水流,遍布各处;飞鸟停止空中飞行;河流静止不流;大海之水变为甘甜;太阳摆脱杂染,在天空清晰可见的同时,一切星辰亦皆闪耀;除无色界天人之外,其余一切天人及一切地狱众生,皆现可见之身;树木、墙壁、门扉、山岩等皆无障碍;众生无死亦无转生;一切不可意事皆止息。显示巴利原文
Abhijātikkhaṇe panassa paṭisandhiggahaṇakkhaṇe viya dvattiṃsapubbanimittāni pāturahesuṃ. Ayañhi dasasahassī lokadhātu kampi saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu appamāṇo obhāso phari, tassa taṃ siriṃ daṭṭhukāmā viya jaccandhā cakkhūni paṭilabhiṃsu, badhirā saddaṃ suṇiṃsu. Mūgā samālapiṃsu, khujjā ujugattā ahesuṃ, paṅgulā padasā gamanaṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, bandhanagatā sabbasattā andubandhanādīhi mucciṃsu, sabbanirayesu aggi nibbāyi, pettivisaye khuppipāsā vūpasami, tiracchānānaṃ bhayaṃ nāhosi, sabbasattānaṃ rogo vūpasami, sabbasattā piyaṃvadā ahesuṃ, madhurenākārena assā hasiṃsu, vāraṇā gajjiṃsu, sabbatūriyāni sakaṃ sakaṃ ninnādaṃ muñciṃsu, aghaṭṭitāni eva manussānaṃ hatthūpagādīni ābharaṇāni madhurenākārena raviṃsu, sabbadisā vippasannā ahesuṃ, sattānaṃ sukhaṃ uppādayamāno mudusītalavāto vāyi, akālamegho vassi, pathavitopi udakaṃ ubbhijjitvā vissandi, pakkhino ākāsagamanaṃ vijahiṃsu, nadiyo asandamānā aṭṭhaṃsu, mahāsamudde madhuraṃ udakaṃ ahosi, upakkilesavimutte sūriye dissamāne eva ākāsagatā sabbā jotiyo jaliṃsu , ṭhapetvā arūpāvacare deve avasesā sabbe devā sabbepi nerayikā dissamānarūpā ahesuṃ, tarukuṭṭakavāṭaselādayo anāvaraṇabhūtā ahesuṃ, sattānaṃ cutūpapātā nāhesuṃ, sabbaṃ aniṭṭhagandhaṃ abhibhavitvā dibbagandho vāyi, sabbe phalūpagā rukkhā phaladharā sampajjiṃsu, mahāsamuddo sabbatthakameva pañcavaṇṇehi padumehi sañchannatalo ahosi, thalajajalajādīni sabbapupphāni pupphiṃsu, rukkhānaṃ khandhesu khandhapadumāni, sākhāsu sākhapadumāni, latāsu latāpadumāni pupphiṃsu, mahītale silātalāni bhinditvā uparūpari satta satta hutvā daṇḍapadumāni nāma nikkhamiṃsu, ākāse olambakapadumāni nibbattiṃsu, samantato pupphavassaṃ vassi, ākāse dibbatūriyāni vajjiṃsu, sakaladasasahassī lokadhātu vaṭṭetvā vissaṭṭhamālāguḷaṃ viya uppīḷetvā baddhamālākalāpo viya alaṅkatappaṭiyattaṃ mālāsanaṃ viya ca ekamālāmālinī vipphurantavāḷabījanī pupphadhūpagandhaparivāsitā paramasobhaggappattā ahosi, tāni ca pubbanimittāni upari adhigatānaṃ anekesaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ nimittabhūtāni eva ahesuṃ. Evaṃ anekacchariyapātubhāvappaṭimaṇḍitā cāyaṃ abhijāti yadatthaṃ anena abhisambodhi patthitā, tassā abhisambodhiyā ekantasiddhiyā tathāva ahosi avitathā anaññathā.
同样地,那些应由佛度化、与觉悟有缘的眷属,他们无一例外,全是由世尊亲自调伏的。而那些应由声闻度化、应由法度化的众生,也已被声闻弟子等调伏、正在被调伏、将要被调伏。因此,世尊所希求的正等觉,正是对此目标绝对圆满的成就。所以,这正等觉便是如实、不虚、如是不变的。显示巴利原文
Tathā ye buddhaveneyyā bodhaneyyabandhavā, te sabbepi anavasesato sayameva bhagavatā vinītā. Ye ca sāvakaveneyyā dhammaveneyyā ca, tepi sāvakādīhi vinītā vinayaṃ gacchanti gamissanti cāti yadatthaṃ bhagavatā abhisambodhi abhipatthitā, tadatthassa ekantasiddhiyā abhisambodhi tathā avitathā anaññathā.
再者,对于任何应被了知的法,无论其自相为何,世尊以自己的智慧,只需一转念,便如观掌中余甘子果般,毫无颠倒、毫无遗漏地完全觉了。因此,这样的正等觉是真实、不虚、如是不变的。显示巴利原文
Apica yassa yassa ñeyyadhammassa yo yo sabhāvo bujjhitabbo, so so hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalakaṃ viya āvajjanamattappaṭibaddhena attano ñāṇena aviparītaṃ anavasesato bhagavatā abhisambuddhoti evampi abhisambodhi tathā avitathā anaññathā.
同样地,世尊如实观察了种种法应如何宣说的方式,也如实观察了种种有情的意乐、随眠、行迹、胜解,全然不偏离法的本性,也全然不超越施设、理则与言说的途径,唯以阐明法的实相而施教。他应其所犯过失、随其内心好乐、顺法次第而教授,将可调化者引至圣者之境地。由是他所安立的法与律,因已达成义利的成就,并且如实运行,故也是真实、不虚、如是不变的。显示巴利原文
Tathā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ tathā tathā desetabbappakāraṃ tesaṃ tesañca sattānaṃ āsayānusayacaritādhimuttiṃ sammadeva oloketvā dhammataṃ avijahanteneva paññattinayavohāramaggaṃ anatidhāvanteneva ca dhammataṃ vibhāvantena yathāparādhaṃ yathājjhāsayaṃ yathādhammañca anusāsantena bhagavatā veneyyā vinītā ariyabhūmiṃ sampāpitāti dhammavinayapaññāpanāpissa tadatthasiddhiyā yathābhūtavuttiyā ca tathā avitathā anaññathā.
同样地,世尊所证得的无余涅槃界,远离了地、水、火、风等色法以及触、受等非色法的自性;因其无有坏灭,故超越了一切世间性质;因其脱离黑暗,故不为任何事物所照亮;因无世间自性,故亦无趣向等性质。它无依止、无所缘,是名为“无余”——因为那些名为“取蕴”的东西,连丝毫都不存在。对此,经中说:显示巴利原文
Tathā yā sā bhagavatā anuppattā pathaviyādiphassavedanādirūpārūpasabhāvavinimuttā lujjanabhāvābhāvato lokasabhāvātītā tamasā visaṃsaṭṭhattā kenaci anobhāsanīyā lokasabhāvābhāvato eva gatiādibhāvarahitā appatiṭṭhā anārammaṇā amatamahānibbānadhātu khandhasaṅkhātānaṃ upādīnaṃ lesamattassapi abhāvato anupādisesāti vuccati, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
“比丘们,有一个境界,那里没有地、没有水、没有火、没有风;没有空无边处、没有识无边处、没有无所有处、没有非想非非想处;没有此世界、没有他世界,也没有日月。比丘们,于彼境界,我不说有来、有去、有住、有死、有生。那境界无依止、无转起、无所缘——这,就是苦的尽头。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, tadāyatanaṃ, yattha neva pathavī na āpo na tejo na vāyo na ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ na viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ na ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nāyaṃ loko na paro loko na ca ubho candimasūriyā, tatrāpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, neva āgatiṃ vadāmi na gatiṃ na ṭhitiṃ na cutiṃ na upapattiṃ, appatiṭṭhaṃ appavattaṃ anārammaṇamevetaṃ, esevanto dukkhassā’’ti (udā. 71).
它是一切取蕴的彻底灭尽,是一切行的止息,是一切依着的完全舍离,是一切苦的寂灭,是一切爱执的根除,是一切轮回流转的断灭,其特征便是究竟的寂静。因为所述说的这种特性,在任何时候都不与事实相违,所以它是“真实”、“不虚”、“如是不变”。就这样,通过这些生类等意义,他如此去了、亲近了、证得了、实践了、达到了,故称为如来。因此,世尊是“已如去者”,故名为如来。显示巴利原文
Sā sabbesampi upādānakkhandhānaṃ atthaṅgamo, sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ samatho, sabbūpadhīnaṃ paṭinissaggo, sabbadukkhānaṃ vūpasamo, sabbālayānaṃ samugghāto, sabbavaṭṭānaṃ upacchedo, accantasantilakkhaṇoti yathāvuttasabhāvassa kadācipi avisaṃvādanato tathā avitathā anaññathā. Evametā abhijātiādikā tathā gato upagato adhigato paṭipanno pattoti tathāgato. Evaṃ bhagavā tathā gatoti tathāgato.
如何以“如彼样”之义而称如来?过去诸正自觉者是何等样,此世尊即是何等样。此为何意?他们世尊皆具道戒、果戒及一切世间、出世间戒;具道定、果定及一切世间、出世间定;具道慧、果慧及一切世间、出世间慧;每日皆能安住于二十四俱胝十万种等至;具足彼分解脱、镇伏解脱、正断解脱、止息解脱、出离解脱——此为略说。若广说,他们有无量种种功德、不可思议威神力、具足一切知之全分功德,我世尊亦悉皆如是。一切正自觉者虽于寿命、身量、种族、难行、身光五事可有差别,然于戒清净等诸清净、止观修行、自所证得功德上,绝无丝毫不同。恰如从中剖开的纯金,他们佛陀世尊彼此无别。是故,过去正自觉者是何等样,我世尊即是何等样。因此,“如彼样”故称如来。此处,“去”字含有“样”义,盖世间人表种类时,即用与“样”相关之“去”字。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāvidhoti tathāgato? Yathāvidhā purimakā sammāsambuddhā, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidho. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathāvidhā te bhagavanto maggasīlena phalasīlena sabbenapi lokiyalokuttarasīlena, maggasamādhinā phalasamādhinā sabbenapi lokiyalokuttarasamādhinā, maggapaññāya phalapaññāya sabbāyapi lokiyalokuttarapaññāya, devasikaṃ valañjitabbehi catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasamāpattivihārehi, tadaṅgavimuttiyā, vikkhambhanavimuttiyā, samucchedavimuttiyā, paṭippassaddhivimuttiyā, nissaraṇavimuttiyāti saṅkhepato. Vitthārato pana anantāparimāṇabhedehi acinteyyānubhāvehi sakalasabbaññuguṇehi, ayampi amhākaṃ bhagavā tathāvidho. Sabbesañhi sammāsambuddhānaṃ āyuvemattaṃ, sarīrappamāṇavemattaṃ, kulavemattaṃ, dukkaracariyāvemattaṃ, rasmivemattanti, imehi pañcahi vemattehi siyā vemattaṃ, na pana sīlavisuddhiyādīsu visuddhīsu samathavipassanāpaṭipattiyaṃ attanā paṭiladdhaguṇesu ca kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ atthi. Atha kho majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya aññamaññaṃ nibbisesā te buddhā bhagavanto. Tasmā yathāvidhā purimakā sammāsambuddhā, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidho. Evaṃ tathāvidhoti tathāgato. Vidhattho cettha gatasaddo, tathā hi lokiyā vidhayuttagatasadde pakāratthe vadanti.
如何以“如彼转起”而称如来?世尊具足不共于任何人之成就与神通威力,达至义无碍解等之究竟波罗蜜,并证得无碍智,其身体运作等一切处皆无障碍。是故,依其所欲,即能如是去、如是行、如是运作——身、语、意之活动悉皆如此,故称如来。如是以“如彼转起”之义而称如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathā pavattitoti tathāgato? Anaññasādhāraṇena iddhānubhāvena samannāgatattā atthappaṭisambhidādīnaṃ ukkaṃsapāramippattiyā anāvaraṇañāṇappaṭilābhena ca bhagavato kāyappavattiyādīnaṃ katthaci paṭighātābhāvato yathā ruci tathā gataṃ gati gamanaṃ kāyavacīcittappavatti etassāti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathā pavattitoti tathāgato.
如何以“以真实智无去处”而称如来?于修集菩提资粮时,与彼相违之行为生起——此谓之“去”——于彼全然无有,故称“无去”。而其“无去”之性,乃由对悭吝与布施巴拉密等相违法中,依不颠倒之慧,审察过患与功德等途径所生之智慧,即以真实之慧而远离他们邪“去”,是故称为如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathehi agatoti tathāgato? Bodhisambhārasambharaṇe tappaṭipakkhappavattisaṅkhātaṃ natthi etassa gatanti agato. So panassa agatabhāvo maccheradānapāramiādīsu aviparītaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsapaccavekkhaṇādinayappavattehi ñāṇehīti tathehi ñāṇehi agatoti tathāgato.
再者,因为于五趣中,那些称为由烦恼与行所生的、或仅名为蕴的相续转起之“去”,在他已全然不存,故为“无去”。由于证得了有余涅槃与无余涅槃,此无去之性乃依真实的圣道智慧成就;世尊亦以真实智慧而无有去,故称如来。显示巴利原文
Atha vā kilesābhisaṅkhārappavattisaṅkhātaṃ khandhappavattisaṅkhātameva vā pañcasupi gatīsu gataṃ gamanaṃ etassa natthīti agato. Saupādisesaanupādisesanibbānappattiyā svāyamassa agatabhāvo tathehi ariyamaggañāṇehīti evampi bhagavā tathehi agatoti tathāgato.
如何因“如此而去”之义而称如来?“如此而去”之义,即指有“如此而去者”真实存在。然而,这个“如来”究竟指什么?因其存在,世尊方被称为如来?即是正法。正法者:圣道——依止观双运之力,无余断除烦恼品,以正断的方式如此而去,故为“如此而去”;果——随顺其道,以止息与正断的方式如此而行、如此而转,故为“如此而去”;涅槃——为慧所通达,成就一切轮回苦的寂灭,为佛陀等如此证知,故为如来;教法——亦如过去诸佛以修多罗、祇夜等形式宣说流转等开示,随顺所化众生之意乐等而转起,我世尊亦如此宣说、如此演示,故为如来。或亦可说:如世尊所教,弟子们如此去行、如此去解,故为如来。如是,一切正法皆是如来。是故,天王帝释言:‘我等敬礼为天人所供养的如来法,愿得安乐!’(《小诵》6.17;《经集》240)以此正法存于世尊,故世尊是如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathā gatabhāvena tathāgato? Tathā gatabhāvenāti ca tathāgatassa sabbhāvena atthitāyāti attho. Ko panesa tathāgato, yassa atthitāya bhagavā tathāgatoti vuccatīti? Saddhammo. Saddhammo hi ariyamaggo tāva yathā yuganaddhasamathavipassanābalena anavasesato kilesapakkhaṃ samūhanantena samucchedappahānavasena gantabbaṃ , tathā gato. Phaladhammo yathā attano maggānurūpaṃ paṭippassaddhipahānavasena gantabbaṃ, tathā gato pavatto. Nibbānadhammo pana yathā gato paññāya paṭividdho sakalavaṭṭadukkhavūpasamāya sampajjati, buddhādīhi tathā gato sacchikatoti tathāgato. Pariyattidhammopi yathā purimabuddhehi suttageyyādivasena pavattiādippakāsanavasena ca veneyyānaṃ āsayādianurūpaṃ pavattito, amhākampi bhagavatā tathā gato gadito pavattitoti vā tathāgato. Yathā bhagavatā desito, tathā bhagavato sāvakehi gato avagatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ sabbopi saddhammo tathāgato. Tenāha sakko devānamindo – ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, dhammaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti (khu. pā. 6.17; su. ni. 240). Svāssa atthīti bhagavā tathāgato.
同样,圣僧伽亦复如是:为自利利他而行者,依极为清净的前行止观行道为先导,由各各圣道达于所应达处,故称“如此而去”。又或如世尊所开示的谛、缘起等法,既已觉悟,复同样宣说,故亦称如来。是故,帝释天王言:‘为天人所敬的如来,我等礼敬僧伽,愿有吉祥。’此如来既有其声闻弟子存在,世尊即是如来。如是,因“如来”之状态而称如来。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca dhammo, evaṃ ariyasaṅghopi yathā attahitāya parahitāya ca paṭipannehi suvisuddhaṃ pubbabhāgasamathavipassanāpaṭipadaṃ purakkhatvā tena tena maggena gantabbaṃ, taṃ taṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato. Yathā vā bhagavatā saccapaṭiccasamuppādādayo desitā, tathāva buddhattā tathā gadanato ca tathāgato. Tenāha sakko devarājā – ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, saṅghaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti. Svāssa sāvakabhūto atthīti bhagavā tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāgatabhāvena tathāgatoti.
这也只是在阐明如来的“如来性”方面的一个初步切入点;实际上,唯有如来才能以一切面向描述如来的如来性。因为“如来”一词意义深广、归宿高远、境界广阔,正如“不放逸”一词。即使有人将三藏佛语如理援引以明其义,也不应被指责为“说法的法师根基未稳便冒然涉入其中”。显示巴利原文
Idampi ca tathāgatassa tathāgatabhāvadīpane mukhamattakameva, sabbākārena pana tathāgatova tathāgatassa tathāgatabhāvaṃ vaṇṇeyya. Idañhi tathāgatapadaṃ mahatthaṃ mahāgatikaṃ mahāvisayaṃ, tassa appamādapadassa viya tepiṭakampi buddhavacanaṃ yuttito atthabhāvena āharanto ‘‘atitthena dhammakathiko pakkhando’’ti na vattabboti.
就此,这样说道:显示巴利原文
Tatthetaṃ vuccati –
正如世间往昔的诸大仙,
那些牟尼已证一切知性,来至此间;
同样,这位释迦牟尼也已到来,
因此,具眼者被称为如来。
他彻底舍离了贪欲等一切垢秽,无有余遗,
如同往昔的胜者们,依止禅定与智慧而抵达,
犹如古昔的释迦牟尼,那位持光明者,
他如是证得涅槃,因而被称为‘如来’。
他如实了知界、处等诸法的特相——
——从其自性、共性、分类及差别而彻知;
此胜者以自生之智慧而来。
并彻底通达了此缘性(缘起);
以种种方法阐明了不依他知的法;
因此,胜者如实而去,故称如来。
在种种差别的世间界中,
胜者以色处等为所行境;
于种种差别中,他同样如实照见。
以诸功德征服世间,示现威仪,
由此,如来成为世间导师。
如此遍知已,以如实性遍一切处,
彻知世间,并超越其生起;
又依现观证入涅槃。
依此真实之誓,全然如是,
为利世间,他从彼方来此;
以此真实与悲悯,依怙者恒常如是。
他以如实之智,从彼处来至此处;
因如实、依自性地通达了一切境界。
正如往昔诸大仙之种种行迹,
这样的人,也同样能如其所好而行。
往昔,当正觉资粮尚未成熟时,
他虽经历,却并非沉沦于轮回;
对于照见有之边际的依怙者,已不复存在。
如来于法中最胜,由大仙所说——
如同应断的垢秽得以断除一样
如来即导师的圣众。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yatheva loke purimā mahesino, Sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā; Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, Tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā. ‘‘Pahāya kāmādimale asesato, Samādhiñāṇehi yathā gatā jinā; Purātanā sakyamunī jutindharo, Tathā gato tena tathāgato mato. ‘‘Tathañca dhātāyatanādilakkhaṇaṃ, Sabhāvasāmaññavibhāgabhedato; Sayambhuñāṇena jinoyamāgato, Tathāgato vuccati sakyapuṅgavo. ‘‘Tathāni saccāni samantacakkhunā, Tathā idappaccayatā ca sabbaso; Anaññaneyyā nayato vibhāvitā, Tathā gato tena jino tathāgato. ‘‘Anekabhedāsupi lokadhātusu, Jinassa rūpāyatanādigocare; Vicittabhede tathameva dassanaṃ, Tathāgato tena samantalocano. ‘‘Yato ca dhammaṃ tathameva bhāsati, Karoti vācāya nurūpamattano; Guṇehi lokaṃ abhibhuyyirīyati, Tathāgato tenapi lokanāyako. ‘‘Tathā pariññāya tathāya sabbaso, Avedi lokaṃ pabhavaṃ atikkami; Gato ca paccakkhakiriyāya nibbutiṃ, Arīyamaggañca gato tathāgato. ‘‘Tathā paṭiññāya tathāya sabbaso, Hitāya lokassa yatoyamāgato; Tathāya nātho karuṇāya sabbadā, Gato ca tenāpi jino tathāgato. ‘‘Tathāni ñāṇāni yatoyamāgato, Yathāsabhāvaṃ visayāvabodhato; Tathābhijātippabhutī tathāgato, Tadatthasampādanato tathāgato. ‘‘Yathāvidhā te purimā mahesino, Tathāvidhoyampi tathā yathāruci; Pavattavācā tanucittabhāvato, Tathāgato vuccati aggapuggalo. ‘‘Sambodhisambhāravipakkhato pure, Gataṃ na saṃsāragatampi tassa vā; Na catthi nāthassa bhavantadassino, Tathehi tasmā agato tathāgato. ‘‘Tathāgato dhammavaro mahesinā, Yathā pahātabbamalaṃ pahīyati; Tathāgato ariyagaṇopi satthuno, Tathāgato tena samaṅgibhāvato’’ti.
大神力是指:由于最殊胜的心自在力,以及通过神变方式而能成就法的威力变化——即所谓的大神通——具足这些,称为大神力。大威力是指:具足因长时累积、极为远离对立、成为达成所欲之事的因、具有大光辉的福德之力。在其中,这个词是表达稀有、赞叹、惊奇、喜悦及令生净信的个人遭遇的介词。因为与此相关,所以用了未来时的“将生产”,但它的意义其实只是过去时。因为在这里,这意思是:哎呀,这位名叫苏波瓦萨的,当她深陷于难产的苦痛、处于危难之际,竟在世尊说话的同时,就变得安乐、无病,并产下无病的儿子!意悦即“自有其心”,意思是:因对世尊的净信而远离了烦恼的心。因为被烦恼所纠缠的心,是没办法自主成为“自有其心”的。或者,意悦是指被喜悦与心乐所执取的心。欣悦是指与喜悦相应。生起喜悦与心乐是指生起了强烈的喜悦与心乐。然后是指之后,过了几天之后。七施食是指在七天中应施的食物。为了明日是为了明日的福德,即:为了明日将以布施和侍奉的方式对待以佛陀为首的僧团的福德,为此目的。显示巴利原文
Mahiddhikatāti paramena cittavasībhāvena ca iddhividhayogena dhammānubhāvaññathattanipphādanasamatthatāsaṅkhātāya mahatiyā iddhiyā samannāgamo mahiddhikatā. Cirakālasambhūtena suvidūrappaṭipakkhena icchitatthanipphattihetubhūtena mahājutikena puññatejena samannāgamo mahānubhāvatā. Yatrāti acchariyapasaṃsākotuhalahāsapasādiko paccattatthe nipāto. Tena yuttattā vijāyissatīti anāgatakālavacanaṃ, attho pana atītakāloyeva. Ayañhettha attho – yā hi nāma ayaṃ suppavāsā tathā dukkhanimuggā kicchāpannā bhagavato vacanasamakālameva sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyīti. Attamanoti sakamano, bhagavati pasādena kilesarahitacittoti attho. Kilesapariyuṭṭhitañhi cittaṃ vase avattanato attamanoti na sakkā vattunti. Attamanoti vā pītisomanassehi gahitamano. Pamuditoti pāmojjena yutto. Pītisomanassajātoti jātabalavapītisomanasso. Athāti pacchā, tato katipāhassa accayena. Sattabhattānīti sattasu divasesu dātabbabhattāni. Svātanāyāti svātanapuññatthaṃ, yaṃ sve buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa dānavasena payirupāsanavasena ca bhavissati puññaṃ tadatthaṃ.
当时,世尊召唤尊者大目犍连,为何召叫他呢?是为了护持苏波瓦萨丈夫的信心。苏波瓦萨本人已具足不动摇的净信,而护持那位优婆塞信心的责任在于大目犍连长老,因此世尊说:“这是你的侍者。”此处“你的”即指“这位是你的”。“我是三法的担保人”意为:我的财物等三法不会损失、不会灭亡,若大目犍连圣者肯为担保人,我便阐明:“过此七日,我即行布施”,若圣者应允。长老观察后,知他于那七日中财物与生命皆无灾难,便说:“朋友,我对这两法——财物与生命——为你作保。”至于信心,乃是系于自心之事,长老将此责任交还于他,说:“但于信心,你自为担保。”再者,这位优婆塞本是见道圣者,其信心决定不移,故而作如是说。也正是因此,世尊才道:“可令他明白:‘之后你仍可行施’。”那位优婆塞出于对导师与长老的恭敬、自身善顺,并期望她福德增长,便许可道:“就让库利亚之女苏波瓦萨行此七日施食,过后我再来做。”显示巴利原文
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ āmantesīti kasmā āmantesi? Suppavāsāya sāmikassa pasādarakkhaṇatthaṃ. Suppavāsā pana acalappasādāva, upāsakassa pana pasādarakkhaṇaṃ mahāmoggallānattherassa bhāro. Tenāha ‘‘tuyheso upaṭṭhāko’’ti. Tattha tuyhesoti tuyhaṃ eso. Tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ pāṭibhogoti mama bhogādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ ahāniyā avināsāya ayyo mahāmoggallāno yadi pāṭibhogo yadi patibhū, ito satta divase atikkamitvā mama sakkā dānaṃ dātunti yadi ayyena ñātanti dīpeti. Theropi tassa tesu divasesu bhogānaṃ jīvitassa ca anupaddavaṃ passitvā āha – ‘‘dvinnaṃ kho nesaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ pāṭibhogo bhogānañca jīvitassa cā’’ti. Saddhā panassa cittappaṭibaddhāti tasseva bhāraṃ karonto ‘‘saddhāya pana tvaññeva pāṭibhogo’’ti āha. Api ca so upāsako diṭṭhasacco, tassa saddhāya aññathābhāvo natthīti tathā vuttaṃ. Teneva ca kāraṇena bhagavatā ‘‘pacchāpi tvaṃ karissasīti saññāpehī’’ti vuttaṃ. Upāsakopi satthari there ca gāravena subbacatāya tassā ca puññena vaḍḍhiṃ icchanto ‘‘karotu suppavāsā koliyadhītā satta bhattāni, pacchāhaṃ karissāmī’’ti anujāni.
至于那个孩子,从她分娩之日算起,过了第十一天之后,她连续七日供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。到第七日,她让那七岁大的孩子礼拜世尊和比丘僧团。“我七年”,意为我这七个年头,这是依持续关系而用的对格。“住于血壶中”,是她就住胎时所受的怀胎之苦而说。“其他这样的七个儿子”此句,按理应表述为“其他这样的七个儿子”,却因词性颠倒的用法而说成了“evarūpānī”。意思则是:纵使像这样,以怀胎七年、假死七日的方式,带来了极大痛苦之后方才出世的儿子,我也愿意再有。由此令人得见女人对于儿子的贪爱,纵使得子,亦永无餍足。显示巴利原文
Tañca dārakanti vijātadivasato paṭṭhāya ekādasamaṃ divasaṃ atikkamitvā tato paraṃ sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhojetvā sattame divase taṃ sattavassikaṃ dārakaṃ bhagavantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca vandāpesi. Satta me vassānīti satta me saṃvaccharāni, accantasaṃyogavasena cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Lohitakumbhiyaṃ vutthānīti mātukucchiyaṃ attano gabbhavāsadukkhaṃ sandhāya vadati. Aññānipi evarūpāni satta puttānīti ‘‘aññepi evarūpe satta putte’’ti vattabbe liṅgavipallāsavasena vuttaṃ ‘‘evarūpānī’’ti. Evaṃ satta vassāni gabbhadhāraṇavasena sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhatāya ca mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ pāpetvā uppajjanakaputteti attho. Etena mātugāmānaṃ puttalolatāya puttalābhena titti natthīti dasseti.
“了知此义理”是指:了知她因对儿子的贪爱,竟在只言片语间,将那持续七年零七日的怀胎等大苦全然抛却,所说出的这番道理。“宣说此自说语”意为:恰如心怀欢喜而忘形者,世尊以可爱的外在相貌欺诳了那些放逸之人后,宣说了这句明示渴爱贪恋有大过患的自说语。显示巴利原文
Etamatthaṃ viditvāti etaṃ sattadivasādhikāni satta saṃvaccharāni gabbhadhāraṇādivasena pavattaṃ mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ ekapade visaritvā puttalolatāvasena tāya vuttamatthaṃ viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ cittasukhappamatto viya pamattapuggale iṭṭhākārena vañcetvā taṇhāsinehassa mahānatthakarabhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
其中,“不可意”指不甜美、不美好、不可爱。“以可乐的形态”指以可爱的本质。“以可喜爱的形态”指以应被喜爱的本质。“以快乐的形态”指以快乐的本质。此中意为:轮回中一切诸行,原本纯粹是不可意、不可爱、痛苦的,然而由于未断除颠倒想,以不如理作意,却现起为可爱、可乐、快乐之相。对于忘失正念的放逸者,这便超越、征服、淹没了他。因此,苏波瓦萨将来也还会以儿子这种名为爱的所缘之乐,以如是可乐等假相,七度沉没于不可意、不可爱、痛苦的轮回之中。显示巴利原文
Tattha asātanti amadhuraṃ asundaraṃ aniṭṭhaṃ. Sātarūpenāti iṭṭhasabhāvena. Piyarūpenāti piyāyitabbabhāvena. Sukhassa rūpenāti sukhasabhāvena. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yasmā asātaṃ appiyaṃ dukkhameva samānaṃ sakalampi vaṭṭagataṃ saṅkhārajātaṃ appahīnavipallāsattā ayonisomanasikārena iṭṭhaṃ viya piyaṃ viya sukhaṃ viya ca hutvā upaṭṭhahamānaṃ sativippavāsena pamattapuggalaṃ ativattati abhibhavati ajjhottharati, tasmā imampi suppavāsaṃ punapi sattakkhattuṃ evarūpaṃ asātaṃ appiyaṃ dukkhaṃ sātādipatirūpakena dukkhena puttasaṅkhātapemavatthusukhena ajjhottharatīti.
9. 毗舍佉经的注释显示巴利原文
9. Visākhāsuttavaṇṇanā
19 第九经:“东园”指位于舍卫城东部区域的一所僧园,其建造处所类似阿那罗陀城的最胜天女寺。“鹿母讲堂”指在鹿母所造的殿堂中。显示巴利原文
19. Navame pubbārāmeti sāvatthiyā pācīnadisābhāge anurādhapurassa uttamadevīvihārasadise ṭhāne kārite ārāme. Migāramātupāsādeti migāramātuyā pāsāde.
此处有一段渐次发生的因缘:过去十万劫初,有一位近事女见莲花上佛(十力者)将另一位近事女安置在最上近事女之位,便邀请世尊,向以佛陀为首的十万比丘僧团行了大布施,礼敬世尊后发愿:“愿我未来也能成为像您这样的佛陀的最上近事女!”她在天、人二趣之间轮转了十万劫。到了我们的世尊出现的时代,她在跋地亚城,投生于门达克长者之子达南贾亚长者家中,由苏玛那夫人所生;出生时为她取名“毗舍佉”。当世尊来到跋地亚城时,她与五百位少女一同前去迎接,仅在初次见面之际,便证得了入流圣果。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – atīte satasahassakappamatthake padumuttaradasabalaṃ ekā upāsikā aññataraṃ upāsikaṃ attano aggupaṭṭhāyikaṭṭhāne ṭhapentaṃ disvā bhagavantaṃ nimantetvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusatasahassassa dānaṃ datvā bhagavato nipaccakāraṃ katvā ‘‘anāgate tumhādisassa buddhassa aggupaṭṭhāyikā bhaveyya’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Sā kappasatasahassaṃ devesu ca manussesu ca saṃsaritvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle bhaddiyanagare meṇḍakaseṭṭhiputtassa dhanañjayaseṭṭhino gehe sumanadeviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Jātakāle cassā visākhāti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Sā yadā bhagavā bhaddiyanagaraṃ agamāsi, tadā pañcahi dārikāsatehi saddhiṃ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ katvā paṭhamadassaneneva sotāpannā ahosi.
后来,她去了舍卫城弥伽罗长者的儿子富楼那瓦达那童子的家。在那里,她的公公弥伽罗长者出于感激,将她安立于母亲之位,由此她被称为“弥伽罗之母”。她舍下自己大婚时的妆饰,以九亿财资为世尊及比丘僧团建造住所:在一块仅一犁之量的地基上,地上建五百室,地下亦建五百室,合为一千室庄严的殿堂。因此,经中说“在鹿母讲堂”。显示巴利原文
Aparabhāge sāvatthiyaṃ migāraseṭṭhiputtassa puṇṇavaḍḍhanakumārassa gehaṃ gatā, tattha naṃ sasuro migāraseṭṭhi upakāravasena mātuṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Tasmā migāramātāti vuccati. Sā attano mahallatāpasādhanaṃ vissajjetvā navakoṭīhi bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca vasanatthāya karīsamatte bhūmibhāge uparibhūmiyaṃ pañcagabbhasatāni heṭṭhābhūmiyaṃ pañcagabbhasatānīti gabbhasahassehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ pāsādaṃ kāresi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘migāramātupāsāde’’ti.
所谓“有一些事”是指“有某种事务”。“于国王”指“在国王那里”。“系属”指“归属其管辖”。由毗舍佉亲族处送来以宝珠珍珠等所镶制、适宜于她的礼品。那些礼品抵达城门时,税吏等于此处课税,未照适当数额征收,反而多取。毗舍佉听闻此事,意欲向国王奏明,便带了合适的随从前往王宫。此时,国王正与末利夫人进入内宫。毗舍佉不得其机,心想“此时应得机会,此时应得机会”,便如此过了进食时分,断食而离。如是两日、三日,仍不得其机。因此,纵未能向国王奏明,由于国王对此事的裁断不予机缘,故经中说“未能如其所愿而办成”。其中,“如其所愿”指“随其心意”。“未办成”指“未成就”。因为这位大近事女的意愿是:归于国王之税便交与国王,其余则应免除。然因国王未予接见,故未成就。“Handā”是示“舍遣”义的不变化词。“Divā divassā”意为“于昼间、于白日”,即“正午时”。因有事务,她接连两三日趋至王宫门,然因彼事未成,唯是无益亲近;而亲近世……显示巴利原文
Kocideva atthoti kiñcideva payojanaṃ. Raññeti rājini. Paṭibaddhoti āyatto. Visākhāya ñātikulato maṇimuttādiracitaṃ tādisaṃ bhaṇḍajātaṃ tassā paṇṇākāratthāya pesitaṃ, taṃ nagaradvārappattaṃ suṅkikā tattha suṅkaṃ gaṇhantā tadanurūpaṃ aggahetvā atirekaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Taṃ sutvā visākhā rañño tamatthaṃ nivedetukāmā patirūpaparivārena rājanivesanaṃ agamāsi, tasmiṃ khaṇe rājā mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ antepuraṃ gato hoti. Visākhā okāsaṃ alabhamānā ‘‘idāni labhissāmi, idāni labhissāmī’’ti bhojanavelaṃ atikkamitvā chinnabhattā hutvā pakkāmi. Evaṃ dvīhatīhaṃ gantvāpi okāsaṃ na labhiyeva. Iti rājā aniveditopi tassa atthavinicchayassa okāsākaraṇena ‘‘yathādhippāyaṃ na tīretī’’ti vutto. Tattha yathādhippāyanti adhippāyānurūpaṃ. Na tīretīti na niṭṭhāpeti. Mahāupāsikāya hi rājāyattasuṅkameva rañño datvā itaraṃ vissajjāpetuṃ adhippāyo, so raññā na diṭṭhattā eva na tīrito. Handāti vossaggatthe nipāto. Divā divassāti divasassa divā, majjhanhike kāleti attho. Kenacideva karaṇīyena dvīhatīhaṃ rājanivesanadvāraṃ gacchantī tassa atthassa aniṭṭhitattā niratthakameva upasaṅkamiṃ , bhagavati upasaṅkamanameva pana dassanānuttariyādippaṭilābhakāraṇattā sātthakanti evāhaṃ, bhante, imāya velāya idhāgatāti imamatthaṃ dassentī mahāupāsikā ‘‘idha me, bhante’’tiādimāha.
“了知此义”:了知此义——即了知此以“心愿成就”为义、由依他性而成就的义。“此感兴偈”:世尊宣说了此首感兴偈,它揭示了依他之人与不依他之人这两种状况中的过患与功德。显示巴利原文
Etamatthanti etaṃ parāyattatāya adhippāyāsamijjhanasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti imaṃ parādhīnāparādhīnavuttīsu ādīnavānisaṃsaparidīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在这里,「一切依他为苦」的意思是:任何已生起的事物、任何目标,若是依于他人、归属他人管辖,由于不能随己意达成,所以是苦,是能引生痛苦的。「一切自在为乐」:自在有两种——世间自在和出世间自在。其中,世间自在,如国王的权位等,以及由世间禅那与神通所引生的心自在;出世间自在,则以证得道果为因,以灭尽定为自在。在这些自在当中,人间自在以转轮王位为顶点,以及帝释天等天神在各自天界作主宰的自在,这两种自在虽因业力威能而能如愿达成,以似乐的特性而显现为乐,但由于有变异之苦,在一切情形下唯是苦。同样,由世间禅那所生的心自在,也因无常性而是苦;唯有灭尽定自在,因不被世间法所动摇、具有不退转的性质,才可称为一向的乐。然而,凡在一切处都不依赖他人的情况下所获得的心之乐,世尊正是针对这种乐而说:『一切自在为乐』。显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbaṃ paravasaṃ dukkhanti yaṃ kiñci atthajātaṃ payojanaṃ paravasaṃ parāyattaṃ attano icchāya nipphādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya dukkhaṃ dukkhāvahaṃ hotīti attho. Sabbaṃ issariyaṃ sukhanti duvidhaṃ issariyaṃ lokiyaṃ lokuttarañca. Tattha lokiyaṃ rājissariyādi ceva lokiyajjhānābhiññānibbattaṃ cittissariyañca, lokuttaraṃ maggaphalādhigamanimittaṃ nirodhissariyaṃ. Tesu yaṃ cakkavattibhāvapariyosānaṃ manussesu issariyaṃ, yañca sakkādīnaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ devanikāye ādhipaccabhūtaṃ issariyaṃ, tadubhayaṃ yadipi kammānubhāvena yathicchitanipphattiyā sukhanimittatāya sukhaṃ, vipariṇāmadukkhatāya pana sabbathā dukkhameva. Tathā aniccantikatāya lokiyajjhānanibbattaṃ cittissariyaṃ, nirodhissariyameva pana lokadhammehi akampanīyato anivattisabhāvattā ca ekantasukhaṃ nāma. Yaṃ panettha sabbattheva aparādhīnatāya labhati cittasukhaṃ, taṃ sandhāya satthā ‘‘sabbaṃ issariyaṃ sukha’’nti āha.
「凡共事者遭遇恼害」:这是对「一切依他为苦」这一句意义的解说。这里的含义是:当有需要共同达成的目标时,由于依赖他人,不能随心愿成就,这些众生便遭遇恼害、受到打击、感到疲惫。为什么呢?「因为诸轭实难超越」:也就是欲轭、有轭、见轭、无明轭,这些轭从无始以来久被熏习,那些未积集善法资粮的人无法断除,故为难以超越。在这些轭中,见轭须由初道超越,欲轭须由第三道超越,其余两者由最上道超越。如此,由于圣道极难证得,这些轭说为『难超越』。因此,众生由于欲轭等,在所求不得时便遭遇恼害;而当有不共的心自在与灭尽定自在时,则绝无恼害生起,这便是意趣所在。显示巴利原文
Sādhāraṇe vihaññantīti idaṃ ‘‘sabbaṃ paravasaṃ dukkha’’nti imassa padassa atthavivaraṇaṃ. Ayañhettha attho – sādhāraṇe payojane sādhetabbe sati tassa parādhīnatāya yathādhippāyaṃ anipphādanato ime sattā vihaññanti vighātaṃ āpajjanti kilamanti. Kasmā? Yogā hi duratikkamāti yasmā kāmayogabhavayogadiṭṭhiyogaavijjāyogā anādikālabhāvitā anupacitakusalasambhārehi pajahituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya duratikkamā. Etesu diṭṭhiyogo paṭhamamaggena atikkamitabbo, kāmayogo tatiyamaggena. Itare aggamaggena. Iti ariyamaggānaṃ duradhigamanīyattā ime yogā duratikkamā. Tasmā kāmayogādivasena icchitālābhahetu sattā vihaññanti, asādhāraṇe pana cittissariye nirodhissariye ca sati na kadācipi vighātassa sambhavoti adhippāyo.
或者,有另一种解释:「凡依他」是指凡依于自己以外的、为他人所系缚的生活状态,这一切由于无常的本质,所以是苦。因为经中说:『凡是无常的,那就是苦。』「凡自在」是指那超越一切有为法、由于处于自在地位而获得「自在」之名的涅槃,那涅槃不论是有余依等分别,一切都是乐。因为经中说:『涅槃是最上的乐。』「凡共事者」:如此,苦与乐被清晰分别之后,这些众生沉没在那极多共有的、作为苦因的共事之中,而遭遇恼害。为什么呢?「因为诸轭实难超越」:由于在一切处成为沉没之因的欲轭等是难以超越的,所以,毗舍佉!你也是希求那依赖他人的事物,在得不到时便遭遇恼害,这便是意趣所在。显示巴利原文
Atha vā sabbaṃ paravasanti yaṃ attano aññappaṭibaddhavuttisaṅkhātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ aniccasabhāvatāya dukkhaṃ. ‘‘Yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkha’’nti hi vuttaṃ. Sabbaṃ issariyanti yaṃ sabbasaṅkhatanissaṭaṃ issariyaṭṭhānatāya issariyanti laddhanāmaṃ nibbānaṃ, taṃ upādisesādivibhāgaṃ sabbaṃ sukhaṃ. ‘‘Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukha’’nti (dha. pa. 203-204) hi vuttaṃ. Sādhāraṇeti evaṃ dukkhasukhe vavatthite ime sattā bahusādhāraṇe dukkhakāraṇe nimuggā hutvā vihaññanti. Kasmā? Yogā hi duratikkamāti yasmā te sabbattha nimujjanassa hetubhūtā kāmayogādayo duratikkamā, tasmā tvampi visākhe parāyattamatthaṃ patthetvā alabhamānā vihaññasīti adhippāyo.
第十经 跋地亚经注释显示巴利原文
10. Bhaddiyasuttavaṇṇanā
20 第二十经中:「在阿努比亚」是指在一个名为阿努比亚的城市。「在芒果园」:离那城市不远处,诸马喇王拥有一座芒果园,在那里,诸马喇王为世尊建造了住所,这住所便称为「芒果园」。世尊以阿努比亚为行乞的村落,在那里居住,因此说「在阿努比亚,住在芒果园」。「跋地亚」是那位长老的名字。「卡利苟达之子」:卡利苟达是一位释迦族女子,是释迦王的王妃,她是一位已证得道果、通达教法的圣声闻,这便是她的儿子。他出家的经过记载于《犍度》中。出家后,他便致力于修习观禅,不久便成为具足六神通的阿拉汉,并受持、奉行十三头陀支。世尊又将他列为「出身高贵」中的第一,说道:「比丘们,在我比丘弟子中,出身高贵者,即此跋地亚·卡利苟达之子。」他便这样成为八十位大声闻之一。显示巴利原文
20. Dasame anupiyāyanti evaṃ nāmake nagare. Ambavaneti tassa nagarassa avidūre mallarājūnaṃ ekaṃ ambavanaṃ ahosi, tattha mallarājūhi bhagavato vihāro kārito, so ‘‘ambavana’’ntveva vuccati. Anupiyaṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā tattha bhagavā viharati, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘anupiyāyaṃ viharati ambavane’’ti. Bhaddiyoti tassa therassa nāmaṃ. Kāḷīgodhāya puttoti kāḷīgodhā nāma sākiyānī sakyarājadevī ariyasāvikā āgataphalā viññātasāsanā, tassā ayaṃ putto. Tassa pabbajjāvidhi khandhake (cūḷava. 330-331) āgatova. So pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā na cirasseva chaḷabhiñño ahosi, terasapi dhutaṅgāni samādāya vattati. Bhagavatā ca ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ uccakulikānaṃ, yadidaṃ bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto’’ti (a. ni. 1.193) uccakulikabhāve etadagge ṭhapito asītiyā sāvakānaṃ abbhantaro.
「至空寂之处」:除了村落及村落的近郊之外,其余的是阿兰若,此处的「空寂之处」即指除这种阿兰若和树下之外,其他如山坡、岩穴等适合出家人居住的、远离人潮拥挤的住处。或者,由于远离了禅那的障碍——种种音声,任何偏僻的屋舍也可以被理解为「空寂之处」。他到了这样的空寂之处。「屡屡」即频繁地。「说感兴语」:这位尊者,无论在阿兰若中作日间休息,或作夜间安住,大部分时间都以果等至与灭尽定的快乐度过。因此,针对那种快乐,他厌离从前自己曾经历过的、带着恐惧与热恼的王位之乐,便以伴随着喜悦、由智慧引发、由喜悦引生的感叹,赞叹道:「啊!多么快乐!啊!多么快乐!」显示巴利原文
Suññāgāragatoti ‘‘ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca avasesaṃ arañña’’nti vuttaṃ araññaṃ rukkhamūlañca ṭhapetvā aññaṃ pabbatakandarādi pabbajitasāruppaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ janasambādhābhāvato idha suññāgāranti adhippetaṃ. Atha vā jhānakaṇṭakānaṃ saddānaṃ abhāvato vivittaṃ yaṃ kiñci agārampi suññāgāranti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ suññāgāraṃ upagato. Abhikkhaṇanti bahulaṃ. Udānaṃ udānesīti so hi āyasmā araññe divāvihāraṃ upagatopi rattivāsūpagatopi yebhuyyena phalasamāpattisukhena nirodhasukhena ca vītināmeti, tasmā taṃ sukhaṃ sandhāya pubbe attanā anubhūtaṃ sabhayaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ rajjasukhaṃ jigucchitvā ‘‘aho sukhaṃ aho sukha’’nti somanassasahitaṃ ñāṇasamuṭṭhānaṃ pītisamuṭṭhānaṃ samuggirati.
听闻后他们心生此念:众多比丘听到那位尊者发出「啊!多么快乐!啊!多么快乐!」的感叹后,便如此思忖:「毫无疑问,他是不乐于梵行而在修行。」那些比丘是凡夫,因为不知道那位尊者的感叹其实是针对远离之乐而发,所以这样认为,因此说「无疑地」等。其中,「无疑地」是指没有疑惑、绝对之意。有些人在引述「他以前是在家居士时」的经文后,以「他曾经受用」作为余词来解说其义;另一些人则读作「她」;但经文实际是「他以前是在家居士时」。其中,「yaṃsa」是「他的」的意思,由于连音的缘故而省略了元音和辅音,如同「evaṃsa te」(他这样对你)、「pupphaṃsā uppajjī」(花为他而生)等句中的用法。它的意思是:这位跋地亚尊者在出家以前,还是在家俗人时,所曾受用的国王之乐。他忆念着那种乐,意思是他现在因为感到厌离而追忆着那种快乐。显示巴利原文
Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosīti nesaṃ sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tassa āyasmato ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti udānentassa udānaṃ sutvā ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ esa anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti evaṃ parivitakkitaṃ ahosi. Te bhikkhū puthujjanā tassa āyasmato vivekasukhaṃ sandhāya udānaṃ ajānantā evaṃ amaññiṃsu, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘nissaṃsaya’’ntiādi. Tattha nissaṃsayanti asandehena ekantenāti attho. ‘‘Yaṃ so pubbe agāriyabhūto samāno’’ti pāḷiṃ vatvā ‘‘anubhavī’’ti vacanasesena keci atthaṃ vaṇṇenti, apare ‘‘yaṃ sā’’ti paṭhanti, ‘‘yaṃsa pubbe agāriyabhūtassā’’ti pana pāḷi. Tattha yaṃsāti yaṃ assa, sandhivasena hi akārasakāralopo ‘‘evaṃsa te (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58), pupphaṃsā uppajjī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 36) viya. Tassattho – assa āyasmato bhaddiyassa pabbajitato pubbe agāriyabhūtassa gahaṭṭhassa sato yaṃ rajjasukhaṃ anubhūtaṃ. Sā tamanussaramānoti so taṃ sukhaṃ etarahi ukkaṇṭhanavasena anussaranto.
那些比丘这样对世尊说:那众多比丘,性喜高声谈论,他们心怀助益那位尊者的意愿,并非出于责备,而对世尊这样说。「某一位比丘」:是指一位姓名不详的比丘。「召唤」:世尊欲令他们明白,故发此言。「是这样」:是接受话语的回答,意思是“好的”。又言「是这样」:表示承认。“我确实时常发出‘啊,快乐!啊,快乐!’的感叹”:正如那些比丘所说,他承认自己的感叹确实如此。“那么跋地亚,你为何……”:世尊为何这样问?难道他不知道那位比丘的心念吗?并非不知。但他正是为了使那位尊者亲自说出缘由,以此令诸比丘明了,所以这样问。正如经中所说:“如来虽知,亦问;虽知,亦有不问”等等。「义利」:即原因。显示巴利原文
Te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocunti te sambahulā bhikkhū ullapanasabhāvasaṇṭhitā tassa anuggahaṇādhippāyena bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ, na ujjhānavasena. Aññataranti nāmagottena apākaṭaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ. Āmantesīti āṇāpesi te bhikkhū saññāpetukāmo. Evanti vacanasampaṭiggahe, sādhūti attho. Puna evanti paṭiññāya. Abhikkhaṇaṃ ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti imaṃ udānaṃ udānesīti yathā te bhikkhū vadanti, taṃ evaṃ tathevāti attano udānaṃ paṭijānāti. Kiṃ pana tvaṃ bhaddiyāti kasmā bhagavā pucchati, kiṃ tassa cittaṃ na jānātīti ? No na jānāti, teneva pana tamatthaṃ vadāpetvā te bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ pucchati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchantī’’tiādi. Atthavasanti kāraṇaṃ.
「内宫」:指后宫,嫔妃往来之处、王宫的内部,国王在此进行沐浴、饮食、安寝等。「护卫善加安排」:由护卫等人员在四周极妥善地安排了守护。「外宫」:指审理诉讼等事务的场所,即内宫之外的王宫区域。如此受保护与守护:像这样,于王宫、都城、王国境内等内外众多之处,由数百重周密布置的护卫屏障保护、守护着,为令我无有恐惧、安住自在。恐惧等词是同义词。亦即,恐惧:因畏惧其他国王而生起的恐惧。惊慌:在自己的王国里,也因与生俱来的怖畏与惊慌所扰,心绪不安。疑惧:依“身为国王,任何时候都无可信赖”之说,于一切事务皆无信任,对各类事务的人员与条件心生揣度,心向上悬虑。惊悚:因“即便是近侍者,也可能于不知不觉中,何时加害于我”这样的念头生起,而产生足以令身颤抖的惊畏,处于惊悚中。亦读作“受惊者”。住:处于这样的状态而住。显示巴利原文
Antepureti itthāgārassa sañcaraṇaṭṭhānabhūte rājagehassa abbhantare, yattha rājā nhānabhojanasayanādiṃ kappeti. Rakkhā susaṃvihitāti ārakkhādikatapurisehi gutti suṭṭhu samantato vihitā. Bahipi antepureti aḍḍakaraṇaṭṭhānādike antepurato bahibhūte rājagehe. Evaṃ rakkhito gopito santoti evaṃ rājageharājadhānirajjadesesu anto ca bahi ca anekesu ṭhānesu anekasatehi susaṃvihitarakkhāvaraṇaguttiyā mameva nibbhayatthaṃ phāsuvihāratthaṃ rakkhito gopito samāno. Bhītotiādīni padāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Atha vā bhītoti pararājūhi bhāyamāno. Ubbiggoti sakarajjepi pakatito uppajjanakabhayubbegena ubbiggo calito. Ussaṅkīti ‘‘raññā nāma sabbakālaṃ avissatthena bhavitabba’’nti vacanena sabbattha avissāsavasena tesaṃ tesaṃ kiccakaraṇīyānaṃ paccayaparisaṅkāya ca uddhamukhaṃ saṅkamāno. Utrāsīti ‘‘santikāvacarehipi ajānantasseva me kadāci anattho bhaveyyā’’ti uppannena sarīrakampaṃ uppādanasamatthena tāsena utrāsī. ‘‘Utrasto’’tipi paṭhanti. Vihāsinti evaṃbhūto hutvā vihariṃ.
「现在」:指出家之后至今。「独一」:指无有伴侣,以此表示身远离。「无恐惧」等词的意思,应从与前述相反的方面来理解。因为能够执取恐惧等相的那些所缘,以及这些相所对应的烦恼,皆已不复存在,所以他无有恐惧等。以此表示心远离。「少事务」:对身体的养护全无挂虑。「身毛下垂」:由于没有能引起毛发竖立的惊悚,所以身毛顺伏。以这些语,亦表自在而住。「依他人布施而活」:依凭他人所施之衣等物而生活,以此彻底显示出全无执著,表明一切恐惧之因都已完全断除。「以如鹿之心」:以如同鹿一般的心,因自在安住而生起的心。因为鹿生活在无人往来的山林中,自在无畏地站立、坐下、躺卧,想去哪里就去哪里,行迹无碍。以此表示:“我亦如是安住。”正如一位独觉佛所说:显示巴利原文
Etarahīti idāni pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya. Ekoti asahāyo, tena vūpakaṭṭhakāyataṃ dasseti. Abhītotiādīnaṃ padānaṃ vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. Bhayādinimittassa pariggahassa taṃ nimittassa ca kilesassa abhāvenevassa abhītāditāti. Etena cittavivekaṃ dasseti . Appossukkoti sarīraguttiyaṃ nirussukko. Pannalomoti lomahaṃsuppādakassa chambhitattassa abhāvena anuggatalomo. Padadvayenapi serivihāraṃ dasseti. Paradattavuttoti parehi dinnena cīvarādinā vattamāno, etena sabbaso saṅgābhāvadīpanamukhena anavasesabhayahetuvirahaṃ dasseti. Migabhūtena cetasāti vissatthavihāritāya migassa viya jātena cittena. Migo hi amanussapathe araññe vasamāno vissattho tiṭṭhati, nisīdati, nipajjati, yenakāmañca pakkamati appaṭihatacāro, evaṃ ahampi viharāmīti dasseti. Vuttañhetaṃ paccekabuddhena –
犹如林中的鹿,无所系缚,
随心所欲,觅食而行;
有智慧的人,观察自在,
应如犀牛角一般,独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Migo araññamhi yathā abaddho, Yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya; Viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno, Eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. (su. ni. 39; apa. thera 1.1.95);
“尊者,我正是见到了此中的义利——也就是我现在所证得的这最上的远离乐、果等至乐。正是见到了这个原因,我才发出‘啊,真是快乐!啊,真是快乐!’的感叹。”显示巴利原文
Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, atthavasanti, bhante, bhagavā yadidaṃ mama etarahi paramaṃ vivekasukhaṃ phalasamāpattisukhaṃ, idameva kāraṇaṃ sampassamāno ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti udānaṃ udānesinti.
“了知此义”:指世尊从一切方面完全了知了跋地亚长老那超越凡夫境界、名为“远离乐”的意义之后。“发出此感叹”:指世尊发出了这一感叹,它揭示了有因而生的恐惧与忧愁消尽之功徳。显示巴利原文
Etamatthanti etaṃ bhaddiyattherassa puthujjanavisayātītaṃ vivekasukhasaṅkhātamatthaṃ sabbākārato viditvā. Imaṃ udānanti idaṃ sahetukabhayasokavigamānubhāvadīpakaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.
在此,‘yassantarato na santi kopā’(凡是内心没有愤怒者)意谓:对于某位圣者,其内心——即自心之中——那些能令心混浊、令心扰动的贪等,以及以愤恨事等为因、种种差别的嗔怒,这些‘愤怒’皆不存在,因为已被圣道断除。此处的‘antara(内)’一词,虽在‘mañca tvañca kimantara’等句中表原因,在‘antaraṭṭhake himapātasamaye’等句中表中间,在‘antarā ca jetavanaṃ antarā ca sāvatthi’等句中表空隙,在‘bhayamantarato jāta’等句中表心,但在此处亦应理解为心。因此说‘内心,即自己心中’。显示巴利原文
Tattha yassantarato na santi kopāti yassa ariyapuggalassa antarato abbhantare attano citte cittakālussiyakaraṇato cittappakopā rāgādayo āghātavatthuādikāraṇabhedato anekabhedā dosakopā eva kopā na santi maggena pahīnattā na vijjanti. Ayañhi antarasaddo kiñcāpi ‘‘mañca tvañca kimantara’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.228) kāraṇe dissati, ‘‘antaraṭṭhake himapātasamaye’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 346) vemajjhe, ‘‘antarā ca jetavanaṃ antarā ca sāvatthi’’ntiādīsu (udā. 13, 44) vivare, ‘‘bhayamantarato jāta’’ntiādīsu (itivu. 88; mahāni. 5) citte, idhāpi citte eva daṭṭhabbo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘antarato attano citte’’ti.
‘Itibhavābhavatañca vītivatto’(亦超越彼有非有性)的含义是:‘有(bhavo)’即成就,‘非有(abhavo)’即损失。同样,‘有’即增长,‘非有’即减损。又或‘有’即常住,‘非有’即断灭。又或‘有’即福,‘非有’即罪。又或‘有’即善趣,‘非有’即恶趣。又或‘有’即小,‘非有’即大。因此,依成就与损失、增长与减损、常住与断灭、福与罪、善趣与恶趣、小与大等种种形态,即称为‘有非有性’。藉由四种圣道,此漏尽者亦以相应方式超越了那有非有性,即已彻底超越。此处应随义理解格位变化。‘彼离恐怖’:如此具足上述功德的漏尽者,因心中无有愤怒,且超越了有非有性,故怖畏之因灭尽,而‘离恐怖’;他以远离乐与至上果乐成为‘安乐者’;正因离恐怖,故‘无忧’。‘诸天不能以见而经历’:除已证得圣道者之外显示巴利原文
Itibhavābhavatañca vītivattoti yasmā bhavoti sampatti, abhavoti vipatti. Tathā bhavoti vuddhi, abhavoti hāni. Bhavoti vā sassataṃ, abhavoti ucchedo. Bhavoti vā puññaṃ, abhavoti pāpaṃ. Bhavoti vā sugati, abhavoti duggati. Bhavoti vā khuddako, abhavoti mahanto. Tasmā yā sā sampattivipattivuḍḍhihānisassatucchedapuññapāpasugatiduggati- khuddakamahantaupapattibhavānaṃ vasena iti anekappakārā bhavābhavatā vuccati. Catūhipi ariyamaggehi yathāsambhavaṃ tena tena nayena taṃ itibhavābhavatañca vītivatto atikkanto hoti. Atthavasena vibhatti vipariṇāmetabbā. Taṃ vigatabhayanti taṃ evarūpaṃ yathāvuttaguṇasamannāgataṃ khīṇāsavaṃ cittakopābhāvato itibhavābhavasamatikkamato ca bhayahetuvigamena vigatabhayaṃ, vivekasukhena aggaphalasukhena ca sukhiṃ, vigatabhayattā eva asokaṃ. Devā nānubhavanti dassanāyāti adhigatamagge ṭhapetvā sabbepi upapattidevā vāyamantāpi cittacāradassanavasena dassanāya daṭṭhuṃ nānubhavanti na abhisambhuṇanti na sakkonti, pageva manussā. Sekkhāpi hi puthujjanā viya arahato cittappavattiṃ na jānanti.